]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
LD: Support fixed-size sections some psABIs may require
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
71 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
72 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
73 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
74 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
75 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
76
77 /* Forward declarations. */
78 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
79 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
80 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
81 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
82 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
83 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
84 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
85 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
86 static void print_statements (void);
87 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
88 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
89 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
90 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
91 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
92 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
93 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
94
95 /* Exported variables. */
96 const char *output_target;
97 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
98 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
99 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
100 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
101 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
102 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
103 const char *entry_section = ".text";
104 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
105 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
106 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
107 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
108 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
109 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
110 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
111 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
112 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
113 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
114
115 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
116 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
117 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
118
119 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
120 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
121 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
122 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
123 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
124 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
125
126 #define new_stat(x, y) \
127 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
128
129 #define outside_section_address(q) \
130 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
131
132 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
133 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
134
135 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
136
137 void *
138 stat_alloc (size_t size)
139 {
140 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
141 }
142
143 static int
144 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
145 {
146 if (wildcardp (pattern))
147 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
148 return strcmp (pattern, name);
149 }
150
151 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
152 separator. If not, return NULL. */
153
154 static char *
155 archive_path (const char *pattern)
156 {
157 char *p = NULL;
158
159 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
160 return p;
161
162 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
163 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
164 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
165 return p;
166
167 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
168 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
169 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
170 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
171 #endif
172 return p;
173 }
174
175 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
176 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
177
178 static bfd_boolean
179 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
180 lang_input_statement_type *f)
181 {
182 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
183
184 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
185 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
186 && ((sep != file_spec)
187 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
188 {
189 match = TRUE;
190
191 if (sep != file_spec)
192 {
193 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
194 *sep = 0;
195 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
196 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
197 }
198 }
199 return match;
200 }
201
202 static bfd_boolean
203 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
204 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
205 {
206 struct unique_sections *unam;
207 const char *secnam;
208
209 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
210 && sec->owner != NULL
211 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
212 return !(os != NULL
213 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
214
215 secnam = sec->name;
216 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
217 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
218 return TRUE;
219
220 return FALSE;
221 }
222
223 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
224
225 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
226 false. */
227
228 static bfd_boolean
229 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
230 lang_input_statement_type *file)
231 {
232 struct name_list *list_tmp;
233
234 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
235 list_tmp;
236 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
237 {
238 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
239
240 if (p != NULL)
241 {
242 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
247 return TRUE;
248
249 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
250 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
251 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
252 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
253 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
254 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
255 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
256 return TRUE;
257 }
258
259 return FALSE;
260 }
261
262 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
263 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
264 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
265 function is very fast. */
266
267 static void
268 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 asection *s,
271 struct wildcard_list *sec,
272 callback_t callback,
273 void *data)
274 {
275 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
276 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
277 return;
278
279 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
280 }
281
282 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
283 but slowly. */
284
285 static void
286 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
287 lang_input_statement_type *file,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 asection *s;
292 struct wildcard_list *sec;
293
294 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
295 {
296 sec = ptr->section_list;
297 if (sec == NULL)
298 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
299
300 while (sec != NULL)
301 {
302 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
303
304 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
305 {
306 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
307
308 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
309 }
310
311 if (!skip)
312 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
313
314 sec = sec->next;
315 }
316 }
317 }
318
319 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
320 than one section with that name, we report that. */
321
322 typedef struct
323 {
324 asection *found_section;
325 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
326 } section_iterator_callback_data;
327
328 static bfd_boolean
329 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
330 {
331 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
332
333 if (d->found_section != NULL)
334 {
335 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
336 return TRUE;
337 }
338
339 d->found_section = s;
340 return FALSE;
341 }
342
343 static asection *
344 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
345 struct wildcard_list *sec,
346 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
347 {
348 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
349
350 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
351 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
352 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
353 return cb_data.found_section;
354 }
355
356 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
357 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
358
359 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
360 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
361
362 static bfd_boolean
363 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
364 {
365 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
366 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
367 }
368
369 static bfd_boolean
370 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
371 {
372 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
373 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
374 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
375 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
376 return FALSE;
377
378 pattern += 4;
379 name += 4;
380 while (*pattern != '*')
381 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
382 return FALSE;
383
384 return TRUE;
385 }
386
387 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
388 section name NAME. */
389
390 static unsigned long
391 get_init_priority (const char *name)
392 {
393 char *end;
394 unsigned long init_priority;
395
396 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
397 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
398 lower value means a higher priority.
399
400 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
401 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
402 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
403 .fini_array is backward.
404 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
405 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
406 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
407 is forward.
408 */
409 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
410 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
411 {
412 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
413 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
414 }
415 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
416 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
417 {
418 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
419 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
420 }
421
422 return 0;
423 }
424
425 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
426
427 static int
428 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
429 {
430 int ret;
431 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
432
433 switch (sort)
434 {
435 default:
436 abort ();
437
438 case by_init_priority:
439 ainit_priority
440 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
441 binit_priority
442 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
443 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
444 goto sort_by_name;
445 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
446 if (ret)
447 break;
448 else
449 goto sort_by_name;
450
451 case by_alignment_name:
452 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
453 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
454 if (ret)
455 break;
456 /* Fall through. */
457
458 case by_name:
459 sort_by_name:
460 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
461 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
462 break;
463
464 case by_name_alignment:
465 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
466 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
467 if (ret)
468 break;
469 /* Fall through. */
470
471 case by_alignment:
472 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
473 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
474 break;
475 }
476
477 return ret;
478 }
479
480 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
481 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
482 of sections are large. */
483
484 static lang_section_bst_type **
485 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
486 struct wildcard_list *sec,
487 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
488 asection *section)
489 {
490 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
491
492 tree = &wild->tree;
493 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
494 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
495 {
496 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
497 while (*tree)
498 tree = &((*tree)->right);
499 return tree;
500 }
501
502 while (*tree)
503 {
504 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
505 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
506 tree = &((*tree)->left);
507 else
508 tree = &((*tree)->right);
509 }
510
511 return tree;
512 }
513
514 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
515
516 static void
517 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
518 struct wildcard_list *sec,
519 asection *section,
520 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
521 lang_input_statement_type *file,
522 void *output)
523 {
524 lang_section_bst_type *node;
525 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
526 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
527
528 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
529
530 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
531 return;
532
533 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
534 node->left = 0;
535 node->right = 0;
536 node->section = section;
537
538 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
539 if (tree != NULL)
540 *tree = node;
541 }
542
543 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
544
545 static void
546 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
547 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
548 void *output)
549 {
550 if (tree->left)
551 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
552
553 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
554 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
555
556 if (tree->right)
557 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
558
559 free (tree);
560 }
561
562 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
563 wildcards */
564
565 static void
566 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
567 lang_input_statement_type *file,
568 callback_t callback,
569 void *data)
570 {
571 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
572 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
573 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
574 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
575 get processed in the bfd's order. */
576 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
577 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
578 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
579
580 if (multiple_sections_found)
581 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
582 else if (s0)
583 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
584 }
585
586 static void
587 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
588 lang_input_statement_type *file,
589 callback_t callback,
590 void *data)
591 {
592 asection *s;
593 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594
595 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
596 {
597 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
598 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
599
600 if (!skip)
601 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
602 }
603 }
604
605 static void
606 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
607 lang_input_statement_type *file,
608 callback_t callback,
609 void *data)
610 {
611 asection *s;
612 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
613 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
614 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
615 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
616
617 if (multiple_sections_found)
618 {
619 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
620 return;
621 }
622
623 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
624 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
628 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
629 wildspec1. */
630 if (s == s0)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
632 else
633 {
634 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
635 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
636
637 if (!skip)
638 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
639 data);
640 }
641 }
642 }
643
644 static void
645 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
646 lang_input_statement_type *file,
647 callback_t callback,
648 void *data)
649 {
650 asection *s;
651 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
652 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
653 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
654 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
655 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
656
657 if (multiple_sections_found)
658 {
659 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
660 return;
661 }
662
663 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
664 {
665 if (s == s0)
666 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
667 else
668 {
669 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
670 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
671
672 if (!skip)
673 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
674 else
675 {
676 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
677 if (!skip)
678 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
679 data);
680 }
681 }
682 }
683 }
684
685 static void
686 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
687 lang_input_statement_type *file,
688 callback_t callback,
689 void *data)
690 {
691 asection *s;
692 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
693 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
694 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
695 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
696 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
697 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
698
699 if (multiple_sections_found)
700 {
701 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
702 return;
703 }
704
705 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
706 if (multiple_sections_found)
707 {
708 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
709 return;
710 }
711
712 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
713 {
714 if (s == s0)
715 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
716 else
717 if (s == s1)
718 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
719 else
720 {
721 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
722 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
723 sname);
724
725 if (!skip)
726 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
727 data);
728 else
729 {
730 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
731 if (!skip)
732 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
733 callback, data);
734 }
735 }
736 }
737 }
738
739 static void
740 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
741 lang_input_statement_type *file,
742 callback_t callback,
743 void *data)
744 {
745 if (file->flags.just_syms)
746 return;
747
748 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
749 }
750
751 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
752 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
753 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
754 first wildcard character. */
755
756 static bfd_boolean
757 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
758 {
759 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
760 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
761 size_t min_prefix_len;
762
763 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
764 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
765 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
766 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
767 prefix1_len++;
768 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
769 prefix2_len++;
770
771 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
772
773 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
774 }
775
776 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
777 statements. */
778
779 static void
780 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
781 {
782 int sec_count = 0;
783 int wild_name_count = 0;
784 struct wildcard_list *sec;
785 int signature;
786 int data_counter;
787
788 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
789 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
790 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
791 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
792 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
793 ptr->tree = NULL;
794
795 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
796 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
797 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
798 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
799 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
800 ending in a single '*'. */
801 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
802 {
803 ++sec_count;
804 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
805 return;
806 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
807 {
808 ++wild_name_count;
809 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
810 return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
815 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
816 happen in practice. */
817 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
818 return;
819
820 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
821 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
822 {
823 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
824 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
825 {
826 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
827 return;
828 }
829 }
830
831 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
832 switch (signature)
833 {
834 case 0x0100:
835 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
836 break;
837 case 0x0101:
838 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
839 break;
840 case 0x0201:
841 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
842 break;
843 case 0x0302:
844 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
845 break;
846 case 0x0402:
847 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
848 break;
849 default:
850 return;
851 }
852
853 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
854 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
855 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
856 given order, because we've already determined that no section
857 will match more than one spec. */
858 data_counter = 0;
859 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
860 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
861 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
862 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
863 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
864 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
865 }
866
867 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
868
869 static void
870 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
871 lang_input_statement_type *f,
872 callback_t callback,
873 void *data)
874 {
875 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
876 return;
877
878 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
879 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
880 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
881 else
882 {
883 bfd *member;
884
885 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
886 archive separately. */
887 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
888 while (member != NULL)
889 {
890 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
891 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
892 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
893 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
894 lang_input_statement. */
895 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
896 {
897 walk_wild_section (s,
898 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
899 callback, data);
900 }
901
902 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
903 }
904 }
905 }
906
907 static void
908 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
909 {
910 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
911 char *p;
912
913 if (file_spec == NULL)
914 {
915 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
916 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
917 {
918 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
919 }
920 }
921 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
922 {
923 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
924 {
925 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
926 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
927 }
928 }
929 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
930 {
931 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
932 {
933 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else
938 {
939 lang_input_statement_type *f;
940
941 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
942 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
943 if (f)
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947
948 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
949 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
950 with constraint set to -1. */
951
952 void
953 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
954 lang_statement_union_type *s)
955 {
956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
957 {
958 func (s);
959
960 switch (s->header.type)
961 {
962 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
963 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
964 break;
965 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
966 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
967 lang_for_each_statement_worker
968 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
969 break;
970 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
971 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
972 s->wild_statement.children.head);
973 break;
974 case lang_group_statement_enum:
975 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
976 s->group_statement.children.head);
977 break;
978 case lang_data_statement_enum:
979 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
980 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
981 case lang_output_statement_enum:
982 case lang_target_statement_enum:
983 case lang_input_section_enum:
984 case lang_input_statement_enum:
985 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
986 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
987 case lang_address_statement_enum:
988 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
989 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
990 break;
991 default:
992 FAIL ();
993 break;
994 }
995 }
996 }
997
998 void
999 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1000 {
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1002 }
1003
1004 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1005
1006 void
1007 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1008 {
1009 list->head = NULL;
1010 list->tail = &list->head;
1011 }
1012
1013 void
1014 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1015 {
1016 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1017 abort ();
1018 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1019 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1020 }
1021
1022 void
1023 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1024 {
1025 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1026 abort ();
1027 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1031
1032 static lang_statement_union_type *
1033 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1034 size_t size,
1035 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1036 {
1037 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1038
1039 new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1040 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1041 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1042 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1043 return new_stmt;
1044 }
1045
1046 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1047 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1048 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1049
1050 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1051 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1052 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1053 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1054
1055 static lang_input_statement_type *
1056 new_afile (const char *name,
1057 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1058 const char *target,
1059 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1060 {
1061 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1062
1063 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1064
1065 if (add_to_list)
1066 p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1067 else
1068 {
1069 p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1070 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1071 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1072 p->header.next = NULL;
1073 }
1074
1075 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1076 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1077 p->target = target;
1078 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1079 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1080 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1081 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1082 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1083
1084 switch (file_type)
1085 {
1086 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1087 p->filename = name;
1088 p->local_sym_name = name;
1089 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1090 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1091 break;
1092 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1093 p->filename = name;
1094 p->local_sym_name = name;
1095 break;
1096 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1097 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1098 {
1099 p->filename = name + 1;
1100 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1101 }
1102 else
1103 p->filename = name;
1104 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1105 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1106 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1107 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1108 break;
1109 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1110 p->filename = name;
1111 p->local_sym_name = name;
1112 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1113 break;
1114 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1115 p->filename = name;
1116 p->local_sym_name = name;
1117 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1118 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1121 p->filename = name;
1122 p->local_sym_name = name;
1123 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1124 break;
1125 default:
1126 FAIL ();
1127 }
1128
1129 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1130 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1131 &p->next_real_file);
1132 return p;
1133 }
1134
1135 lang_input_statement_type *
1136 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1137 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1138 const char *target)
1139 {
1140 if (name != NULL
1141 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1142 {
1143 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1144 char *sysrooted_name
1145 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1146 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1147 (const char *) NULL);
1148
1149 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1150 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1151 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1152 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1153 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1154 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1155 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1156 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1157 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1158 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1159 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1160 return ret;
1161 }
1162
1163 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1164 }
1165
1166 struct out_section_hash_entry
1167 {
1168 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1169 lang_statement_union_type s;
1170 };
1171
1172 /* The hash table. */
1173
1174 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1175
1176 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1177 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1178
1179 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1180 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1181 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1182 const char *string)
1183 {
1184 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1185 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1186
1187 if (entry == NULL)
1188 {
1189 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1190 sizeof (*ret));
1191 if (entry == NULL)
1192 return entry;
1193 }
1194
1195 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1196 if (entry == NULL)
1197 return entry;
1198
1199 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1200 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1201 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1202 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1203 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1204 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1205 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1206 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1207
1208 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1209 first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1210 field of the last element of the list. */
1211 if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1212 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1213 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1214 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1215 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1216
1217 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1218 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1219 instead. */
1220 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1221 lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1222 &ret->s,
1223 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1224 return &ret->root;
1225 }
1226
1227 static void
1228 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1229 {
1230 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1231 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1232 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1233 61))
1234 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1235 }
1236
1237 static void
1238 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1239 {
1240 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1244
1245 void
1246 lang_init (void)
1247 {
1248 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1249
1250 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1251
1252 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1253
1254 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1255
1256 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1257 lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1258 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1259 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1260 NULL);
1261 abs_output_section =
1262 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1263
1264 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1265
1266 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1267 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1268 }
1269
1270 void
1271 lang_finish (void)
1272 {
1273 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1277 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1278 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1279 syntax.
1280
1281 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1282
1283 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1284 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1285
1286 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1287 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1288 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1289 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1290 and so we issue a warning.
1291
1292 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1293 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1294 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1295 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1296 region. */
1297
1298 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1299 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1300 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1301
1302 lang_memory_region_type *
1303 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1304 {
1305 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1306 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1307 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1308
1309 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1310 if (name == NULL)
1311 return NULL;
1312
1313 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1314 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1315 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1316 {
1317 if (create)
1318 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1319 NULL, name);
1320 return r;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1324 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1325 NULL, name);
1326
1327 new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1328 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1329
1330 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1331 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1332 new_region->next = NULL;
1333 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1334 new_region->origin = 0;
1335 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1336 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1337 new_region->current = 0;
1338 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1339 new_region->flags = 0;
1340 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1341 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1342
1343 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1344 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1345
1346 return new_region;
1347 }
1348
1349 void
1350 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1351 {
1352 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1353 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1354 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1355
1356 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1357 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1358 the default memory region. */
1359 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1360 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1361 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1362
1363 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1364 in use. */
1365 region = NULL;
1366 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1367 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1368 {
1369 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1370 region = r;
1371 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1372 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1373 "alias `%s'\n"),
1374 NULL, alias);
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1378 if (region == NULL)
1379 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1380 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1381 NULL, region_name, alias);
1382
1383 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1384 n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1385 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1386 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1387 region->name_list.next = n;
1388 }
1389
1390 static lang_memory_region_type *
1391 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1392 {
1393 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1394
1395 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1396
1397 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1398 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1399 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1400
1401 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1402 {
1403 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1404 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1405 {
1406 return p;
1407 }
1408 }
1409 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1410 }
1411
1412 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1413
1414 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1415 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1416 {
1417 return get_userdata (output_section);
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1421 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1422 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1423 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1424
1425 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1426 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1427 int constraint,
1428 bfd_boolean create)
1429 {
1430 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1431
1432 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1433 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1434 create, FALSE));
1435 if (entry == NULL)
1436 {
1437 if (create)
1438 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1439 return NULL;
1440 }
1441
1442 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1443 {
1444 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1445 constraint. */
1446 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1447
1448 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1449 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1450 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1451 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1452 but that shouldn't matter. */
1453 last_ent = entry;
1454 else
1455 do
1456 {
1457 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1458 || (constraint == 0
1459 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1460 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1461 last_ent = entry;
1462 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1463 }
1464 while (entry != NULL
1465 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1466
1467 if (!create)
1468 return NULL;
1469
1470 entry
1471 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1472 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1473 &output_section_statement_table,
1474 name));
1475 if (entry == NULL)
1476 {
1477 einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1478 return NULL;
1479 }
1480 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1481 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1482 }
1483
1484 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1485 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1486 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1490 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1491 match any non-negative constraint. */
1492
1493 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1494 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1495 int constraint)
1496 {
1497 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1498 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1499 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1500 ((char *) os
1501 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1502 const char *name = os->name;
1503
1504 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1505 do
1506 {
1507 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1508 if (entry == NULL
1509 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1510 return NULL;
1511 }
1512 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1513 && (constraint != 0
1514 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1515
1516 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1517 }
1518
1519 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1520 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1521 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1522 sets *EXACT too. */
1523
1524 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1525 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1526 flagword sec_flags,
1527 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1528 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1529 {
1530 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1531 flagword look_flags, differ;
1532
1533 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1534 skip it. */
1535 first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1536 first = first->next;
1537
1538 /* First try for an exact match. */
1539 found = NULL;
1540 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1541 {
1542 look_flags = look->flags;
1543 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1544 {
1545 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1546 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1547 look->bfd_section,
1548 sec->owner, sec))
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1552 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1553 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1554 found = look;
1555 }
1556 if (found != NULL)
1557 {
1558 if (exact != NULL)
1559 *exact = found;
1560 return found;
1561 }
1562
1563 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1564 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1565 {
1566 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1567 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1568 {
1569 look_flags = look->flags;
1570 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1571 {
1572 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1573 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1574 look->bfd_section,
1575 sec->owner, sec))
1576 continue;
1577 }
1578 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1579 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1580 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1581 found = look;
1582 }
1583 }
1584 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1585 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586 {
1587 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1588 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1589 {
1590 look_flags = look->flags;
1591 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1592 {
1593 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1594 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1595 look->bfd_section,
1596 sec->owner, sec))
1597 continue;
1598 }
1599 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1600 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1601 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1602 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1603 | SEC_READONLY))
1604 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1605 found = look;
1606 }
1607 }
1608 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1609 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1610 {
1611 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1612 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1613 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1614
1615 match_type = NULL;
1616 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1617 {
1618 look_flags = look->flags;
1619 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1620 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1621
1622 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1623 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1624 {
1625 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1626 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1627 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1628 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1629 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1630 previous section. */
1631 break;
1632 found = look;
1633 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1634 }
1635 else if (seen_thread_local)
1636 break;
1637 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1638 found = look;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1642 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1643 {
1644 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1645 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1646 {
1647 look_flags = look->flags;
1648 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1649 {
1650 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1651 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1652 look->bfd_section,
1653 sec->owner, sec))
1654 continue;
1655 }
1656 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1657 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1658 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1659 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1660 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1661 found = look;
1662 }
1663 }
1664 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1665 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1666 {
1667 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1668 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->flags;
1671 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1672 {
1673 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1674 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1675 look->bfd_section,
1676 sec->owner, sec))
1677 continue;
1678 }
1679 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1680 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1681 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1682 found = look;
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else
1705 {
1706 /* non-alloc go last. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1712 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1713 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1714 found = look;
1715 }
1716 return found;
1717 }
1718
1719 if (found || !match_type)
1720 return found;
1721
1722 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1723 }
1724
1725 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1726 Used by place_orphan. */
1727
1728 static asection *
1729 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1730 {
1731 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1732
1733 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1734 {
1735 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1736 continue;
1737
1738 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1739 return lookup->bfd_section;
1740 }
1741
1742 return NULL;
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1746 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1747 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1748 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1749 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1750 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1751 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1752 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1753 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1754 image symbols. */
1755
1756 static lang_statement_union_type **
1757 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1758 {
1759 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1760 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1761 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1762
1763 ignore_first
1764 = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1765
1766 for (where = &after->header.next;
1767 *where != NULL;
1768 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1769 {
1770 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1771 {
1772 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1773 if (assign == NULL)
1774 {
1775 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1776
1777 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1778 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1779 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1780 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1781 && !ignore_first)
1782 assign = where;
1783 }
1784 ignore_first = FALSE;
1785 continue;
1786 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1787 case lang_input_section_enum:
1788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1790 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1791 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1792 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1793 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1794 assign = NULL;
1795 continue;
1796 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1797 if (assign != NULL)
1798 {
1799 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1800
1801 if (s == NULL
1802 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1803 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1804 where = assign;
1805 }
1806 break;
1807 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1813 continue;
1814 }
1815 break;
1816 }
1817
1818 return where;
1819 }
1820
1821 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1822 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1823 const char *secname,
1824 int constraint,
1825 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1826 struct orphan_save *place,
1827 etree_type *address,
1828 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1829 {
1830 lang_statement_list_type add;
1831 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1832 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1833
1834 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1835 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1836 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1837 if (after != NULL)
1838 {
1839 lang_list_init (&add);
1840 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1841 }
1842
1843 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1844 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1845 address = exp_intop (0);
1846
1847 os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1848 lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1849 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1850 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1851
1852 if (add_child == NULL)
1853 add_child = &os->children;
1854 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1855
1856 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1857 {
1858 const char *region = (after->region
1859 ? after->region->name_list.name
1860 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1861 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1862 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1863 : NULL);
1864 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1865 lma_region);
1866 }
1867 else
1868 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1869 NULL);
1870
1871 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1872 if (after != NULL)
1873 pop_stat_ptr ();
1874
1875 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1876 {
1877 asection *snew, *as;
1878
1879 snew = os->bfd_section;
1880
1881 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1882 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1883 if (place->section == NULL
1884 && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1885 ->output_section_statement))
1886 {
1887 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1888
1889 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1890 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1891 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1892 output section. */
1893 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1894 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1895
1896 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1897 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1898 }
1899
1900 if (place->section == NULL)
1901 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1902
1903 as = *place->section;
1904
1905 if (!as)
1906 {
1907 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1908
1909 /* Unlink the section. */
1910 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1911
1912 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1913 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1914 }
1915 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1916 {
1917 /* Unlink the section. */
1918 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1919
1920 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1921 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1922 }
1923
1924 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
1925 follow the one we've just added. */
1926 place->section = &snew->next;
1927
1928 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
1929 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1930 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1931 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1932 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
1933 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1934 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1935 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1936 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
1937 if (add.head != NULL)
1938 {
1939 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1940
1941 if (place->stmt == NULL)
1942 {
1943 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1944
1945 *add.tail = *where;
1946 *where = add.head;
1947
1948 place->os_tail = &after->next;
1949 }
1950 else
1951 {
1952 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
1953 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1954 *place->stmt = add.head;
1955 }
1956
1957 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1958 new list at the tail. */
1959 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1960 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1961
1962 /* Save the end of this list. */
1963 place->stmt = add.tail;
1964
1965 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
1966 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1967 *os_tail = NULL;
1968 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1969 ((char *) place->os_tail
1970 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1971 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1972 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1973 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1974 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1975 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1976
1977 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
1978 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
1979 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
1980 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
1981 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
1982 if (*os_tail == NULL)
1983 lang_output_section_statement.tail
1984 = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
1985 }
1986 }
1987 return os;
1988 }
1989
1990 static void
1991 lang_print_asneeded (void)
1992 {
1993 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
1994
1995 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
1996 return;
1997
1998 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
1999
2000 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2001 {
2002 size_t len;
2003
2004 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2005 len = strlen (m->soname);
2006
2007 if (len >= 29)
2008 {
2009 print_nl ();
2010 len = 0;
2011 }
2012 while (len < 30)
2013 {
2014 print_space ();
2015 ++len;
2016 }
2017
2018 if (m->ref != NULL)
2019 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2020 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2021 }
2022 }
2023
2024 static void
2025 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2026 {
2027 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2028 minfo ("a");
2029
2030 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2031 minfo ("x");
2032
2033 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2034 minfo ("r");
2035
2036 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2037 minfo ("w");
2038
2039 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2040 minfo ("l");
2041 }
2042
2043 void
2044 lang_map (void)
2045 {
2046 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2047 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2048
2049 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2050 {
2051 asection *s;
2052
2053 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2054 || file->flags.just_syms)
2055 continue;
2056
2057 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2058 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2059 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2060 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2061 {
2062 if (!dis_header_printed)
2063 {
2064 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2065 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2066 }
2067
2068 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2069 }
2070 }
2071
2072 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2073 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2074 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2075
2076 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2077 {
2078 char buf[100];
2079 int len;
2080
2081 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2082
2083 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2084 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2085 len = strlen (buf);
2086 while (len < 16)
2087 {
2088 print_space ();
2089 ++len;
2090 }
2091
2092 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2093 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2094 {
2095 #ifndef BFD64
2096 minfo (" ");
2097 #endif
2098 if (m->flags)
2099 {
2100 print_space ();
2101 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (m->not_flags)
2105 {
2106 minfo (" !");
2107 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2108 }
2109 }
2110
2111 print_nl ();
2112 }
2113
2114 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2115
2116 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2117 {
2118 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2119 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2120 }
2121 lang_statement_iteration++;
2122 print_statements ();
2123
2124 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2125 config.map_file);
2126 }
2127
2128 static bfd_boolean
2129 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2130 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2131 {
2132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2134 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2135 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2136 {
2137 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2138 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2139
2140 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2141 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2142 if (!ud)
2143 {
2144 ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2145 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2146 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2147 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2148 }
2149 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2150 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2151
2152 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2153 def->entry = hash_entry;
2154 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2155 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2156 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2157 }
2158 return TRUE;
2159 }
2160
2161 /* Initialize an output section. */
2162
2163 static void
2164 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2165 {
2166 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2167 einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2168
2169 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2170 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2171 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2172 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2173 s->name, flags);
2174 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2175 {
2176 einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
2177 " called %s: %E\n"),
2178 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2179 }
2180 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2181 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2182
2183 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2184 statement to avoid lookup. */
2185 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2186
2187 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2188 mention are initialized. */
2189 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2190 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2191
2192 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2193 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2194
2195 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2196 if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2197 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2198 }
2199
2200 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2201 initialized. */
2202
2203 static void
2204 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2205 {
2206 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2207 {
2208 case etree_assign:
2209 case etree_provide:
2210 case etree_provided:
2211 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2212 break;
2213
2214 case etree_binary:
2215 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2216 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2217 break;
2218
2219 case etree_trinary:
2220 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2221 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2222 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2223 break;
2224
2225 case etree_assert:
2226 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2227 break;
2228
2229 case etree_unary:
2230 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2231 break;
2232
2233 case etree_name:
2234 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2235 {
2236 case ADDR:
2237 case LOADADDR:
2238 case SIZEOF:
2239 {
2240 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2241
2242 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2243 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2244 init_os (os, 0);
2245 }
2246 }
2247 break;
2248
2249 default:
2250 break;
2251 }
2252 }
2253 \f
2254 static void
2255 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2256 {
2257 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2258
2259 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2260 discard all sections. */
2261 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2262 {
2263 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2264 return;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2268 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2269 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2270 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2271 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2272
2273 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2274 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2275 }
2276 \f
2277
2278 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2279 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2280
2281 static bfd_boolean
2282 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2283 {
2284 bfd_boolean discard;
2285 flagword flags = section->flags;
2286
2287 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2288 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2289
2290 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2291 sections from within the group. */
2292 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2293 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2294 discard = TRUE;
2295
2296 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2297 information. */
2298 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2299 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2300 discard = TRUE;
2301
2302 return discard;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* The wild routines.
2306
2307 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2308 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2309 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2310
2311 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2312 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2313
2314 void
2315 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2316 asection *section,
2317 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2318 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2319 {
2320 flagword flags = section->flags;
2321
2322 bfd_boolean discard;
2323 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2324 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2325
2326 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2327 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2328
2329 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2330 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2331 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2332 discard = TRUE;
2333
2334 if (discard)
2335 {
2336 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2337 {
2338 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2339 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2340 }
2341 return;
2342 }
2343
2344 if (sflag_info)
2345 {
2346 bfd_boolean keep;
2347
2348 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2349 if (!keep)
2350 return;
2351 }
2352
2353 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2354 return;
2355
2356 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2357 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2358 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2359 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2360 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2361 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2362 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2363
2364 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2365 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2366 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2367 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2368 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2369 {
2370 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2371 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2372 else
2373 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2374 }
2375 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2376 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2377
2378 switch (output->sectype)
2379 {
2380 case normal_section:
2381 case overlay_section:
2382 break;
2383 case noalloc_section:
2384 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2385 break;
2386 case noload_section:
2387 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2388 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2389 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2390 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2391 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2392 section. */
2393 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2394 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2395 else
2396 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2397 break;
2398 }
2399
2400 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2401 init_os (output, flags);
2402
2403 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2404 it from the output section. */
2405 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2406
2407 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2408 {
2409 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2410 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2411
2412 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2413 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2414 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2415 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2416 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2417 {
2418 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2419 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2420 }
2421 }
2422 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2423
2424 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2425 {
2426 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2427 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2428 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2429 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2430 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2431 link_info.output_bfd,
2432 output->bfd_section,
2433 &link_info);
2434 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2435 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2436 }
2437
2438 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2439 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2440 {
2441 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2442 output->block_value = 128;
2443 }
2444
2445 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2446 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2447
2448 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2449
2450 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2451 {
2452 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2453 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2454 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2455 section->map_tail.s = s;
2456 if (s != NULL)
2457 s->map_head.s = section;
2458 else
2459 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2460 }
2461
2462 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2463 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2464 new_section->section = section;
2465 }
2466
2467 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2468 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2469 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2470 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2471
2472 static lang_statement_union_type *
2473 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2474 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2475 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2476 asection *section)
2477 {
2478 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2479
2480 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2481 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2482 return NULL;
2483
2484 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2485 {
2486 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2487
2488 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2489 continue;
2490 ls = &l->input_section;
2491
2492 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2493 name. */
2494
2495 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2496 {
2497 const char *fn, *ln;
2498 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2499 int i;
2500
2501 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2502 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2503 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2504 archive. */
2505
2506 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2507 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2508 {
2509 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2510 fa = TRUE;
2511 }
2512 else
2513 {
2514 fn = file->filename;
2515 fa = FALSE;
2516 }
2517
2518 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2519 {
2520 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2521 la = TRUE;
2522 }
2523 else
2524 {
2525 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2526 la = FALSE;
2527 }
2528
2529 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2530 if (i > 0)
2531 continue;
2532 else if (i < 0)
2533 break;
2534
2535 if (fa || la)
2536 {
2537 if (fa)
2538 fn = file->filename;
2539 if (la)
2540 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2541
2542 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2543 if (i > 0)
2544 continue;
2545 else if (i < 0)
2546 break;
2547 }
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2551 looking at the sections for this file. */
2552
2553 if (sec != NULL
2554 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2555 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2556 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2557 break;
2558 }
2559
2560 return l;
2561 }
2562
2563 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2564 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2565
2566 static void
2567 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2568 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2569 asection *section,
2570 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2571 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2572 void *output)
2573 {
2574 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2575 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2576
2577 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2578
2579 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2580 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2581 return;
2582
2583 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2584
2585 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2586 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2587 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2588 of the current list. */
2589
2590 if (before == NULL)
2591 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2592 else
2593 {
2594 lang_statement_list_type list;
2595 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2596
2597 lang_list_init (&list);
2598 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2599
2600 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2601 be NULL. */
2602 if (list.head != NULL)
2603 {
2604 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2605
2606 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2607 *pp != before;
2608 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2609 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2610
2611 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2612 *pp = list.head;
2613 }
2614 }
2615 }
2616
2617 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2618 are readonly. */
2619
2620 static void
2621 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2622 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2623 asection *section,
2624 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 void *output)
2627 {
2628 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2629
2630 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2631
2632 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2633 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2634 return;
2635
2636 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2637 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2638 }
2639
2640 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2641 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2642 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2643
2644 static lang_input_statement_type *
2645 lookup_name (const char *name)
2646 {
2647 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2648
2649 for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2650 search != NULL;
2651 search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2652 {
2653 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2654 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2655 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2656 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2657
2658 if (filename != NULL
2659 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2660 break;
2661 }
2662
2663 if (search == NULL)
2664 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2665 default_target, FALSE);
2666
2667 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2668 don't add this file. */
2669 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2670 return search;
2671
2672 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2673 return NULL;
2674
2675 return search;
2676 }
2677
2678 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2679
2680 struct excluded_lib
2681 {
2682 char *name;
2683 struct excluded_lib *next;
2684 };
2685 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2686
2687 void
2688 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2689 {
2690 const char *p = list, *end;
2691
2692 while (*p != '\0')
2693 {
2694 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2695 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2696 if (end == NULL)
2697 end = p + strlen (p);
2698 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2699 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2700 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2701 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2702 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2703 excluded_libs = entry;
2704 if (*end == '\0')
2705 break;
2706 p = end + 1;
2707 }
2708 }
2709
2710 static void
2711 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2712 {
2713 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2714
2715 while (lib)
2716 {
2717 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2718 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2719
2720 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2721 {
2722 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2723 return;
2724 }
2725
2726 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2727 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2728 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2729 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2730 {
2731 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2732 return;
2733 }
2734
2735 lib = lib->next;
2736 }
2737 }
2738
2739 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2740
2741 bfd_boolean
2742 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2743 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2744 {
2745 char **matching;
2746
2747 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2748 return TRUE;
2749
2750 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2751
2752 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2753 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2754 return TRUE;
2755
2756 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2757 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2758 {
2759 bfd_error_type err;
2760 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2761 extern FILE *yyin;
2762
2763 err = bfd_get_error ();
2764
2765 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2766 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2767 return TRUE;
2768
2769 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2770 {
2771 char **p;
2772
2773 einfo (_("%pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2774 einfo (_("%pB: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2775 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2776 einfo (" %s", *p);
2777 einfo ("%F\n");
2778 }
2779 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2780 || place == NULL)
2781 einfo (_("%F%pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2782
2783 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2784 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2785
2786 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2787 save_flags = input_flags;
2788 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2789
2790 push_stat_ptr (place);
2791 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2792 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2793 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2794 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2795 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2796 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2797
2798 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2799 parser_input = input_script;
2800 yyparse ();
2801 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2802
2803 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
2804 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2805 again. */
2806 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2807 input_flags = save_flags;
2808 pop_stat_ptr ();
2809 fclose (yyin);
2810 yyin = NULL;
2811 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2812
2813 return TRUE;
2814 }
2815
2816 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2817 return TRUE;
2818
2819 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
2820 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2821 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2822 which is used. */
2823 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2824 {
2825 default:
2826 break;
2827
2828 case bfd_object:
2829 if (!entry->flags.reload)
2830 ldlang_add_file (entry);
2831 if (trace_files || verbose)
2832 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2833 break;
2834
2835 case bfd_archive:
2836 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2837
2838 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
2839 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2840 {
2841 bfd *member = NULL;
2842 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2843
2844 for (;;)
2845 {
2846 bfd *subsbfd;
2847 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2848
2849 if (member == NULL)
2850 break;
2851
2852 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2853 {
2854 einfo (_("%F%pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
2855 entry->the_bfd, member);
2856 loaded = FALSE;
2857 }
2858
2859 subsbfd = member;
2860 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2861 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2862 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2863 abort ();
2864
2865 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2866 substitute BFD for us. */
2867 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2868 {
2869 einfo (_("%F%pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2870 loaded = FALSE;
2871 }
2872 }
2873
2874 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2875 return loaded;
2876 }
2877 break;
2878 }
2879
2880 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2881 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2882 else
2883 einfo (_("%F%pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2884
2885 return entry->flags.loaded;
2886 }
2887
2888 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2889 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
2890 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2891 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
2892 the output section. */
2893
2894 static void
2895 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2896 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2897 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2898 {
2899 struct wildcard_list *sec;
2900
2901 if (s->handler_data[0]
2902 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2903 && !s->filenames_sorted)
2904 {
2905 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2906
2907 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2908
2909 tree = s->tree;
2910 if (tree)
2911 {
2912 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2913 s->tree = NULL;
2914 }
2915 }
2916 else
2917 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2918
2919 if (default_common_section == NULL)
2920 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2921 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2922 {
2923 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2924 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
2925 default_common_section = output;
2926 break;
2927 }
2928 }
2929
2930 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
2931
2932 static int
2933 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2934 {
2935 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2936
2937 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
2941
2942 static void
2943 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2944 {
2945 char c;
2946
2947 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2948 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2949
2950 *dest = 0;
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2954 from haystack. */
2955
2956 static void
2957 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2958 {
2959 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2960
2961 if (haystack)
2962 {
2963 char *src;
2964
2965 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2966 *haystack++ = *src++;
2967
2968 *haystack = 0;
2969 }
2970 }
2971
2972 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2973 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
2974
2975 static int
2976 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2977 {
2978 char *copy1;
2979 char *copy2;
2980 int result;
2981
2982 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2983 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2984
2985 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
2986 stricpy (copy1, first);
2987 stricpy (copy2, second);
2988
2989 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
2990 strcut (copy1, "big");
2991 strcut (copy1, "little");
2992 strcut (copy2, "big");
2993 strcut (copy2, "little");
2994
2995 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2996 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
2997 the same then return 10 * their length. */
2998 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2999 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3000 {
3001 result *= 10;
3002 break;
3003 }
3004
3005 free (copy1);
3006 free (copy2);
3007
3008 return result;
3009 }
3010
3011 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3012 static const bfd_target *winner;
3013
3014 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3015 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3016 match to the original output target. */
3017
3018 static int
3019 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3020 {
3021 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3022
3023 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3024 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3025 return 0;
3026
3027 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3028 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3029 return 0;
3030
3031 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3032 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3033 return 0;
3034
3035 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3036 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3037 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3038 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3039 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3040 return 0;
3041
3042 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3043 if (winner == NULL)
3044 {
3045 winner = target;
3046 return 0;
3047 }
3048
3049 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3050 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3051 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3052 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3053 winner = target;
3054
3055 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3056 return 0;
3057 }
3058
3059 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3060
3061 static char *
3062 get_first_input_target (void)
3063 {
3064 char *target = NULL;
3065
3066 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3067 {
3068 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3069 && s->flags.real)
3070 {
3071 ldfile_open_file (s);
3072
3073 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3074 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3075 {
3076 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3077
3078 if (target != NULL)
3079 break;
3080 }
3081 }
3082 }
3083
3084 return target;
3085 }
3086
3087 const char *
3088 lang_get_output_target (void)
3089 {
3090 const char *target;
3091
3092 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3093 if (output_target != NULL)
3094 return output_target;
3095
3096 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3097 the default? */
3098 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3099 return current_target;
3100
3101 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3102 target = get_first_input_target ();
3103 if (target != NULL)
3104 return target;
3105
3106 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3107 return default_target;
3108 }
3109
3110 /* Open the output file. */
3111
3112 static void
3113 open_output (const char *name)
3114 {
3115 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3116
3117 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3118 line? */
3119 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3120 {
3121 /* Get the chosen target. */
3122 const bfd_target *target
3123 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3124
3125 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3126 if (target != NULL)
3127 {
3128 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3129
3130 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3131 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3132 else
3133 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3134
3135 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3136 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3137 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3138 this. */
3139 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3140 {
3141 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3142 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3143 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3144 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3145 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3146 else
3147 {
3148 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3149 the default target, but which has the desired
3150 endian characteristic. */
3151 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3152 (void *) target);
3153
3154 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3155 satisfy our requirements. */
3156 if (winner == NULL)
3157 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3158 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3159 else
3160 output_target = winner->name;
3161 }
3162 }
3163 }
3164 }
3165
3166 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3167
3168 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3169 {
3170 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3171 einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3172
3173 einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3174 }
3175
3176 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3177
3178 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3179 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3180 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3181 ldfile_output_architecture,
3182 ldfile_output_machine))
3183 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3184
3185 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3186 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3187 einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3188
3189 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3190 }
3191
3192 static void
3193 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3194 {
3195 switch (statement->header.type)
3196 {
3197 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3198 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3199 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3200 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3201 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3202 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3203 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3204 else
3205 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3206 if (config.text_read_only)
3207 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3208 else
3209 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3210 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3211 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3212 else
3213 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3214 break;
3215
3216 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3217 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3218 break;
3219 default:
3220 break;
3221 }
3222 }
3223
3224 static void
3225 init_opb (void)
3226 {
3227 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3228 ldfile_output_machine);
3229 opb_shift = 0;
3230 if (x > 1)
3231 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3232 {
3233 x >>= 1;
3234 ++opb_shift;
3235 }
3236 ASSERT (x == 1);
3237 }
3238
3239 /* Open all the input files. */
3240
3241 enum open_bfd_mode
3242 {
3243 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3244 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3245 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3246 };
3247 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3248 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3249 #endif
3250
3251 static void
3252 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3253 {
3254 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3255 {
3256 switch (s->header.type)
3257 {
3258 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3259 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3260 break;
3261 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3262 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3263 break;
3264 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3265 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3266 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3267 && s->wild_statement.filename
3268 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3269 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3270 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3271 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3272 break;
3273 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3274 {
3275 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3276
3277 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3278 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3279 symbols. */
3280
3281 do
3282 {
3283 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3284 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3285 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3286 }
3287 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3288 }
3289 break;
3290 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3291 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3292 break;
3293 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3294 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3295 {
3296 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3297 lang_statement_list_type add;
3298 bfd *abfd;
3299
3300 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3301
3302 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3303 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3304 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3305 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3306 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3307 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3308 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3309 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3310 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3311 #endif
3312 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3313 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3314 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3315 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3316 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3317 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3318 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3319 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3320 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3321 {
3322 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3323 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3324 }
3325
3326 os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3327 lang_list_init (&add);
3328
3329 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3330 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3331
3332 if (add.head != NULL)
3333 {
3334 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3335 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3336 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3337 section statement list. Very likely the user
3338 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3339 naive user expectations. */
3340 if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3341 {
3342 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3343 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3344 s->input_statement.filename);
3345 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3346 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3347 }
3348 else
3349 {
3350 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3351 s->header.next = add.head;
3352 }
3353 }
3354 }
3355 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3356 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3357 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3358 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3359 plugin_insert = NULL;
3360 #endif
3361 break;
3362 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3363 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3364 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3365 break;
3366 default:
3367 break;
3368 }
3369 }
3370
3371 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3372 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3373 einfo ("%F");
3374 }
3375
3376 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3377 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3378 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3379 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3380 name to the symbol table. */
3381
3382 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3383
3384 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3385
3386 void
3387 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3388 {
3389 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3390
3391 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3392 new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3393 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3394 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3395
3396 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3397
3398 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3399 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3400 }
3401
3402 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3403
3404 static void
3405 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3406 {
3407 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3408
3409 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3410 if (h == NULL)
3411 einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3412 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3413 {
3414 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3415 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3416 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3417 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3418 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3423 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3424 script file. */
3425
3426 static void
3427 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3428 {
3429 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3430
3431 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3432 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3433 }
3434
3435 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3436 be defined. */
3437
3438 struct require_defined_symbol
3439 {
3440 const char *name;
3441 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3442 };
3443
3444 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3445
3446 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3447
3448 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3449 defined. */
3450
3451 void
3452 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3453 {
3454 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3455
3456 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3457 ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3458 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3459 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3460 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3461 }
3462
3463 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3464 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3465
3466 static void
3467 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3468 {
3469 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3470
3471 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3472 {
3473 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3474
3475 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3476 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3477 if (h == NULL
3478 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3479 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3480 einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3481 }
3482 }
3483
3484 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3485
3486 static void
3487 check_input_sections
3488 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3489 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3490 {
3491 for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3492 {
3493 switch (s->header.type)
3494 {
3495 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3496 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3497 output_section_statement);
3498 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3499 return;
3500 break;
3501 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3502 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3503 output_section_statement);
3504 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3505 return;
3506 break;
3507 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3508 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3509 output_section_statement);
3510 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3511 return;
3512 break;
3513 default:
3514 break;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 }
3518
3519 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3520
3521 static void
3522 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3523 {
3524 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3525
3526 switch (sort_section)
3527 {
3528 default:
3529 FAIL ();
3530
3531 case none:
3532 break;
3533
3534 case by_name:
3535 case by_alignment:
3536 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3537 {
3538 switch (s->header.type)
3539 {
3540 default:
3541 break;
3542
3543 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3544 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3545 sec = sec->next)
3546 {
3547 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3548 {
3549 case none:
3550 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3551 break;
3552 case by_name:
3553 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3554 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3555 break;
3556 case by_alignment:
3557 if (sort_section == by_name)
3558 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3559 break;
3560 default:
3561 break;
3562 }
3563 }
3564 break;
3565
3566 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3567 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3568 break;
3569
3570 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3571 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3572 if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3573 && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3574 update_wild_statements
3575 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3576 break;
3577
3578 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3579 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3580 break;
3581 }
3582 }
3583 break;
3584 }
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3588
3589 static void
3590 map_input_to_output_sections
3591 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3592 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3593 {
3594 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3595 {
3596 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3597 flagword flags;
3598
3599 switch (s->header.type)
3600 {
3601 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3602 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3603 break;
3604 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3605 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3606 target,
3607 os);
3608 break;
3609 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3610 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3611 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3612 {
3613 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3614 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3615 break;
3616 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3617 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3618 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3619 {
3620 tos->constraint = -1;
3621 break;
3622 }
3623 }
3624 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3625 target,
3626 tos);
3627 break;
3628 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3629 break;
3630 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3631 target = s->target_statement.target;
3632 break;
3633 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3634 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3635 target,
3636 os);
3637 break;
3638 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3639 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3640 are initialized. */
3641 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3642 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3643 these may be overridden by the script. */
3644 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3645 switch (os->sectype)
3646 {
3647 case normal_section:
3648 case overlay_section:
3649 break;
3650 case noalloc_section:
3651 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3652 break;
3653 case noload_section:
3654 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3655 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3656 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3657 else
3658 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3659 break;
3660 }
3661 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3662 init_os (os, flags);
3663 else
3664 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3665 break;
3666 case lang_input_section_enum:
3667 break;
3668 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3669 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3670 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3671 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3672 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3673 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3674 init_os (os, 0);
3675 break;
3676 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3677 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3678 init_os (os, 0);
3679
3680 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3681 are initialized. */
3682 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3683 break;
3684 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3685 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3686 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3687 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3688 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3689 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3690 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3691 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3692 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3693 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3694 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3695 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3696 {
3697 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3698
3699 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3700 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3701 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3702 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3703 will affect following script sections, which is
3704 likely to surprise naive users. */
3705 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3706 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3707 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3708 init_os (tos, 0);
3709 }
3710 break;
3711 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3712 break;
3713 }
3714 }
3715 }
3716
3717 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3718 start of the list and places them after the output section
3719 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3720 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3721 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements. */
3722
3723 static void
3724 process_insert_statements (void)
3725 {
3726 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3727 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3728 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3729 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3730
3731 /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3732 the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3733 reordered. */
3734 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3735 while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3736 {
3737 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3738 {
3739 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3740 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3741 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3742
3743 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3744 last_os = os;
3745
3746 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3747 won't match this output section statement. At this
3748 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3749 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3750 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3751 if (first_os == NULL)
3752 first_os = last_os;
3753 }
3754 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3755 {
3756 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3757 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3758 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3759 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3760
3761 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3762 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3763 {
3764 do
3765 where = where->prev;
3766 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3767 }
3768 if (where == NULL)
3769 {
3770 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3771 return;
3772 }
3773
3774 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
3775 if (last_os != NULL)
3776 {
3777 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3778 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3779
3780 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
3781 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3782 if (last_os->next == NULL)
3783 {
3784 next = &first_os->prev->next;
3785 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3786 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3787 }
3788 else
3789 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3790 /* Add them in at the new position. */
3791 last_os->next = where->next;
3792 if (where->next == NULL)
3793 {
3794 next = &last_os->next;
3795 lang_output_section_statement.tail
3796 = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3797 }
3798 else
3799 where->next->prev = last_os;
3800 first_os->prev = where;
3801 where->next = first_os;
3802
3803 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
3804 first_sec = NULL;
3805 last_sec = NULL;
3806 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3807 {
3808 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3809 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3810 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3811 {
3812 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3813 if (first_sec == NULL)
3814 first_sec = last_sec;
3815 }
3816 if (os == last_os)
3817 break;
3818 }
3819 if (last_sec != NULL)
3820 {
3821 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3822 if (sec == NULL)
3823 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3824
3825 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3826 sections we are moving. So if we find no
3827 section or if the section is the same as our
3828 last section, then no move is needed. */
3829 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3830 {
3831 /* Trim them off. */
3832 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3833 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3834 else
3835 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3836 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3837 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3838 else
3839 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3840 /* Add back. */
3841 last_sec->next = sec->next;
3842 if (sec->next != NULL)
3843 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3844 else
3845 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3846 first_sec->prev = sec;
3847 sec->next = first_sec;
3848 }
3849 }
3850
3851 first_os = NULL;
3852 last_os = NULL;
3853 }
3854
3855 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3856 /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3857 know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3858 the insert statement we are currently processing. */
3859 first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3860 lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3861 /* Add them back where they belong. */
3862 *s = *ptr;
3863 if (*s == NULL)
3864 statement_list.tail = s;
3865 *ptr = first;
3866 s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3867 }
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
3871 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3872 {
3873 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3874 if (os == last_os)
3875 break;
3876 }
3877 }
3878
3879 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3880 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3881 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
3882
3883 void
3884 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3885 {
3886 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3887
3888 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
3889 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3890 {
3891 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3892 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
3893 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3894 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3895 }
3896
3897 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3898 os != NULL;
3899 os = os->next)
3900 {
3901 asection *output_section;
3902 bfd_boolean exclude;
3903
3904 if (os->constraint < 0)
3905 continue;
3906
3907 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3908 if (output_section == NULL)
3909 continue;
3910
3911 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3912 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3913 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3914 output_section));
3915
3916 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3917 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3918 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3919 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
3920 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3921 {
3922 asection *s;
3923
3924 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3925 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3926 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3927 || link_info.emitrelocations))
3928 {
3929 exclude = FALSE;
3930 break;
3931 }
3932 }
3933
3934 if (exclude)
3935 {
3936 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3937 removed output section statement may still be used. */
3938 if (!os->update_dot)
3939 os->ignored = TRUE;
3940 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3941 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3942 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3943 }
3944 }
3945 }
3946
3947 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3948 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3949 FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3950 its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early. */
3951
3952 void
3953 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3954 {
3955 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3956
3957 if (map_head_is_link_order)
3958 return;
3959
3960 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3961 os != NULL;
3962 os = os->next)
3963 {
3964 asection *output_section;
3965
3966 if (os->constraint < 0)
3967 continue;
3968
3969 output_section = os->bfd_section;
3970 if (output_section == NULL)
3971 continue;
3972
3973 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
3974 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3975 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3976 }
3977
3978 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3979 and map_tail link_order fields. */
3980 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3981 }
3982
3983 static void
3984 print_output_section_statement
3985 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3986 {
3987 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3988 int len;
3989
3990 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3991 {
3992 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3993
3994 if (section != NULL)
3995 {
3996 print_dot = section->vma;
3997
3998 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3999 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4000 {
4001 print_nl ();
4002 len = 0;
4003 }
4004 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4005 {
4006 print_space ();
4007 ++len;
4008 }
4009
4010 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4011
4012 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4013 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4014
4015 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4016 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4017 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4018 }
4019
4020 print_nl ();
4021 }
4022
4023 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4024 output_section_statement);
4025 }
4026
4027 static void
4028 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4029 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4030 {
4031 unsigned int i;
4032 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4033 etree_type *tree;
4034 asection *osec;
4035
4036 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4037 print_space ();
4038
4039 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4040 {
4041 is_dot = FALSE;
4042 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4043 }
4044 else
4045 {
4046 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4047
4048 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4049 if (!is_dot)
4050 expld.assign_name = dst;
4051 tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4052 }
4053
4054 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4055 if (osec == NULL)
4056 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4057
4058 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4059 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4060 else
4061 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4062
4063 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4064 {
4065 bfd_vma value;
4066
4067 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4068 || is_dot
4069 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4070 {
4071 value = expld.result.value;
4072
4073 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4074 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4075
4076 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4077 if (is_dot)
4078 print_dot = value;
4079 }
4080 else
4081 {
4082 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4083
4084 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4085 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4086 if (h)
4087 {
4088 value = h->u.def.value;
4089 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4090 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4091
4092 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4093 }
4094 else
4095 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4096 }
4097 }
4098 else
4099 {
4100 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4101 minfo ("[!provide]");
4102 else
4103 minfo ("*undef* ");
4104 #ifdef BFD64
4105 minfo (" ");
4106 #endif
4107 }
4108 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4109
4110 minfo (" ");
4111 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4112 print_nl ();
4113 }
4114
4115 static void
4116 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4117 {
4118 if (statm->filename != NULL
4119 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4120 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4121 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4122 }
4123
4124 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4125 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4126
4127 static bfd_boolean
4128 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4129 {
4130 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4131
4132 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4133 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4134 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4135 {
4136 int i;
4137
4138 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4139 print_space ();
4140 minfo ("0x%V ",
4141 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4142 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4143 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4144
4145 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4146 }
4147
4148 return TRUE;
4149 }
4150
4151 static int
4152 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4153 {
4154 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4155 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4156
4157 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4158 return -1;
4159 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4160 return 1;
4161 else
4162 return 0;
4163 }
4164
4165 static void
4166 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4167 {
4168 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4169 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4170 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4171 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4172 unsigned int i;
4173
4174 if (!ud)
4175 return;
4176
4177 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4178
4179 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4180 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4181 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4182 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4183
4184 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4185 entries[i] = def->entry;
4186
4187 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4188 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4189
4190 /* Print the symbols. */
4191 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4192 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4193
4194 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4195 }
4196
4197 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4198
4199 static void
4200 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4201 {
4202 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4203 int len;
4204 bfd_vma addr;
4205
4206 init_opb ();
4207
4208 print_space ();
4209 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4210
4211 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4212 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4213 {
4214 print_nl ();
4215 len = 0;
4216 }
4217 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4218 {
4219 print_space ();
4220 ++len;
4221 }
4222
4223 if (i->output_section != NULL
4224 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4225 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4226 else
4227 {
4228 addr = print_dot;
4229 if (!is_discarded)
4230 size = 0;
4231 }
4232
4233 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4234
4235 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4236 {
4237 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4238 #ifdef BFD64
4239 len += 16;
4240 #else
4241 len += 8;
4242 #endif
4243 while (len > 0)
4244 {
4245 print_space ();
4246 --len;
4247 }
4248
4249 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4250 }
4251
4252 if (i->output_section != NULL
4253 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4254 {
4255 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4256 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4257 else
4258 print_all_symbols (i);
4259
4260 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4261 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4262 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4263 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4264 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4265 }
4266 }
4267
4268 static void
4269 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4270 {
4271 size_t size;
4272 unsigned char *p;
4273 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4274 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4275 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4276 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4277 }
4278
4279 static void
4280 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4281 {
4282 int i;
4283 bfd_vma addr;
4284 bfd_size_type size;
4285 const char *name;
4286
4287 init_opb ();
4288 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4289 print_space ();
4290
4291 addr = data->output_offset;
4292 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4293 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4294
4295 switch (data->type)
4296 {
4297 default:
4298 abort ();
4299 case BYTE:
4300 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4301 name = "BYTE";
4302 break;
4303 case SHORT:
4304 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4305 name = "SHORT";
4306 break;
4307 case LONG:
4308 size = LONG_SIZE;
4309 name = "LONG";
4310 break;
4311 case QUAD:
4312 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4313 name = "QUAD";
4314 break;
4315 case SQUAD:
4316 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4317 name = "SQUAD";
4318 break;
4319 }
4320
4321 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4322 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4323 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4324
4325 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4326 {
4327 print_space ();
4328 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4329 }
4330
4331 print_nl ();
4332
4333 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4334 }
4335
4336 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4337 -Ttext. */
4338
4339 static void
4340 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4341 {
4342 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4343 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4344 print_nl ();
4345 }
4346
4347 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4348
4349 static void
4350 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4351 {
4352 int i;
4353 bfd_vma addr;
4354 bfd_size_type size;
4355
4356 init_opb ();
4357 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4358 print_space ();
4359
4360 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4361 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4362 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4363
4364 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4365
4366 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4367
4368 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4369 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4370 else
4371 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4372
4373 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4374
4375 print_nl ();
4376
4377 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4378 }
4379
4380 static void
4381 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4382 {
4383 int len;
4384 bfd_vma addr;
4385
4386 init_opb ();
4387 minfo (" *fill*");
4388
4389 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4390 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4391 {
4392 print_space ();
4393 ++len;
4394 }
4395
4396 addr = s->output_offset;
4397 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4398 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4399 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4400
4401 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4402 {
4403 size_t size;
4404 unsigned char *p;
4405 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4406 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4407 }
4408
4409 print_nl ();
4410
4411 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4412 }
4413
4414 static void
4415 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4416 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4417 {
4418 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4419
4420 print_space ();
4421
4422 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4423 {
4424 name_list *tmp;
4425 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4426 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4427 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4428 minfo (") ");
4429 }
4430
4431 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4432 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4433 if (w->filename != NULL)
4434 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4435 else
4436 minfo ("*");
4437 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4438 minfo (")");
4439
4440 minfo ("(");
4441 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4442 {
4443 int closing_paren = 0;
4444
4445 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4446 {
4447 case none:
4448 break;
4449
4450 case by_name:
4451 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4452 closing_paren = 1;
4453 break;
4454
4455 case by_alignment:
4456 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4457 closing_paren = 1;
4458 break;
4459
4460 case by_name_alignment:
4461 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4462 closing_paren = 2;
4463 break;
4464
4465 case by_alignment_name:
4466 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4467 closing_paren = 2;
4468 break;
4469
4470 case by_none:
4471 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4472 closing_paren = 1;
4473 break;
4474
4475 case by_init_priority:
4476 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4477 closing_paren = 1;
4478 break;
4479 }
4480
4481 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4482 {
4483 name_list *tmp;
4484 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4485 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4486 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4487 minfo (") ");
4488 }
4489 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4490 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4491 else
4492 minfo ("*");
4493 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4494 minfo (")");
4495 if (sec->next)
4496 minfo (" ");
4497 }
4498 minfo (")");
4499
4500 print_nl ();
4501
4502 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4503 }
4504
4505 /* Print a group statement. */
4506
4507 static void
4508 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4509 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4510 {
4511 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4512 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4513 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4517 This can be called for any statement type. */
4518
4519 static void
4520 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4521 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4522 {
4523 while (s != NULL)
4524 {
4525 print_statement (s, os);
4526 s = s->header.next;
4527 }
4528 }
4529
4530 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4531 This can be called for any statement type. */
4532
4533 static void
4534 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4535 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4536 {
4537 switch (s->header.type)
4538 {
4539 default:
4540 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4541 FAIL ();
4542 break;
4543 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4544 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4545 {
4546 if (constructors_sorted)
4547 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4548 else
4549 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4550 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4551 }
4552 break;
4553 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4554 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4555 break;
4556 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4557 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4558 break;
4559 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4560 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4561 break;
4562 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4563 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4564 break;
4565 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4566 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4567 break;
4568 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4569 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4570 break;
4571 case lang_input_section_enum:
4572 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4573 break;
4574 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4575 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4576 break;
4577 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4578 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4579 break;
4580 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4581 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4582 break;
4583 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4584 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4585 break;
4586 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4587 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4588 if (output_target != NULL)
4589 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4590 minfo (")\n");
4591 break;
4592 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4593 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4594 break;
4595 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4596 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4597 break;
4598 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4599 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4600 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4601 s->insert_statement.where);
4602 break;
4603 }
4604 }
4605
4606 static void
4607 print_statements (void)
4608 {
4609 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4610 }
4611
4612 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4613 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4614 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4615 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4616
4617 void
4618 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4619 {
4620 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4621
4622 config.map_file = stderr;
4623
4624 if (n < 0)
4625 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4626 else
4627 {
4628 while (s && --n >= 0)
4629 {
4630 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4631 s = s->header.next;
4632 }
4633 }
4634
4635 config.map_file = map_save;
4636 }
4637
4638 static void
4639 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4640 fill_type *fill,
4641 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4642 asection *output_section,
4643 bfd_vma dot)
4644 {
4645 static fill_type zero_fill;
4646 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4647
4648 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4649 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4650 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4651 if (pad != NULL
4652 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4653 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4654 {
4655 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4656 }
4657 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4658 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4659 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4660 {
4661 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4662 }
4663 else
4664 {
4665 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4666 pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4667 stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4668 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4669 *ptr = pad;
4670 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4671 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4672 if (fill == NULL)
4673 fill = &zero_fill;
4674 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4675 }
4676 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4677 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4678 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4679 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4680 - output_section->vma);
4681 }
4682
4683 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4684
4685 static bfd_vma
4686 size_input_section
4687 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4688 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4689 fill_type *fill,
4690 bfd_vma dot)
4691 {
4692 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4693 asection *i = is->section;
4694 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4695
4696 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4697 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4698 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4699 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4700 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4701 else
4702 {
4703 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4704
4705 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4706 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4707 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4708 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4709
4710 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4711 i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4712
4713 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4714 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4715
4716 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4717
4718 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4719 {
4720 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4721 dot += alignment_needed;
4722 }
4723
4724 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4725 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4726
4727 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4728 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4729 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4730 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4731 }
4732
4733 return dot;
4734 }
4735
4736 struct check_sec
4737 {
4738 asection *sec;
4739 bfd_boolean warned;
4740 };
4741
4742 static int
4743 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4744 {
4745 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4746 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4747
4748 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4749 return -1;
4750 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4751 return 1;
4752 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4753 return -1;
4754 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4755 return 1;
4756
4757 return 0;
4758 }
4759
4760 static int
4761 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4762 {
4763 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4764 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4765
4766 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4767 return -1;
4768 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4769 return 1;
4770 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4771 return -1;
4772 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4773 return 1;
4774
4775 return 0;
4776 }
4777
4778 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4779 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4780
4781 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4782 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
4783
4784 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4785 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4786 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
4787 region has overflowed. */
4788
4789 static void
4790 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4791 {
4792 asection *s, *p;
4793 struct check_sec *sections;
4794 size_t i, count;
4795 bfd_vma addr_mask;
4796 bfd_vma s_start;
4797 bfd_vma s_end;
4798 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
4799 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
4800 lang_memory_region_type *m;
4801 bfd_boolean overlays;
4802
4803 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
4804 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
4805 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
4806 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4807 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4808 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4809 {
4810 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4811 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
4812 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
4813 s->name);
4814 else
4815 {
4816 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4817 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4818 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
4819 s->name);
4820 }
4821 }
4822
4823 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4824 return;
4825
4826 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
4827 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
4828
4829 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
4830 count = 0;
4831 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4832 {
4833 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
4834 || s->size == 0)
4835 continue;
4836
4837 sections[count].sec = s;
4838 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
4839 count++;
4840 }
4841
4842 if (count <= 1)
4843 {
4844 free (sections);
4845 return;
4846 }
4847
4848 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
4849
4850 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
4851 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
4852 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4853 {
4854 s = sections[i].sec;
4855 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4856 {
4857 s_start = s->lma;
4858 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4859
4860 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
4861 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
4862 case of overlap when the current section starts before
4863 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
4864 previous section wraps around the address space. */
4865 if (p != NULL
4866 && (s_start <= p_end
4867 || p_end < p_start))
4868 {
4869 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
4870 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4871 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4872 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
4873 }
4874 p = s;
4875 p_start = s_start;
4876 p_end = s_end;
4877 }
4878 }
4879
4880 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
4881 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
4882 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
4883 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
4884 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
4885 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
4886 overlays = FALSE;
4887 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
4888 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
4889 {
4890 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
4891 if (p_start == s_start)
4892 {
4893 overlays = TRUE;
4894 break;
4895 }
4896 p_start = s_start;
4897 }
4898
4899 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
4900 if (!overlays)
4901 {
4902 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
4903 {
4904 s = sections[i].sec;
4905 s_start = s->vma;
4906 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4907
4908 if (p != NULL
4909 && !sections[i].warned
4910 && (s_start <= p_end
4911 || p_end < p_start))
4912 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
4913 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
4914 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4915 p = s;
4916 p_start = s_start;
4917 p_end = s_end;
4918 }
4919 }
4920
4921 free (sections);
4922
4923 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4924 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4925 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4926 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4927
4928 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4929 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
4930 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
4931 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4932 if (m->had_full_message)
4933 {
4934 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
4935 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
4936 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
4937 over),
4938 m->name_list.name, over);
4939 }
4940 }
4941
4942 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
4943 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4944 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4945 calculation wraps around. */
4946
4947 static void
4948 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4949 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4950 etree_type *tree,
4951 bfd_vma rbase)
4952 {
4953 if ((region->current < region->origin
4954 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4955 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4956 || rbase == 0))
4957 {
4958 if (tree != NULL)
4959 {
4960 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
4961 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4962 region->current,
4963 os->bfd_section->owner,
4964 os->bfd_section->name,
4965 region->name_list.name);
4966 }
4967 else if (!region->had_full_message)
4968 {
4969 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4970
4971 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4972 os->bfd_section->owner,
4973 os->bfd_section->name,
4974 region->name_list.name);
4975 }
4976 }
4977 }
4978
4979 static void
4980 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4981 seg_align_type *seg)
4982 {
4983 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
4984 {
4985 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
4986 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
4987 else
4988 {
4989 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
4990 }
4991 }
4992 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
4993 {
4994 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
4995 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
4996 else
4997 {
4998 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
4999 }
5000 }
5001 }
5002
5003 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5004
5005 static bfd_vma
5006 lang_size_sections_1
5007 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5008 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5009 fill_type *fill,
5010 bfd_vma dot,
5011 bfd_boolean *relax,
5012 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5013 {
5014 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5015
5016 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5017 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5018 {
5019 switch (s->header.type)
5020 {
5021 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5022 {
5023 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5024 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5025 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5026 int section_alignment = 0;
5027
5028 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5029 if (os->constraint == -1)
5030 break;
5031
5032 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5033 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5034 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5035 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5036 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5037 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5038 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5039 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5040 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5041 {
5042 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5043 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5044
5045 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5046 {
5047 dot = expld.result.value;
5048 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5049 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5050 }
5051 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5052 einfo (_("%F%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5053 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5054 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5055 }
5056
5057 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5058 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5059 break;
5060
5061 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5062 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5063 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5064 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5065 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5066 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5067 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5068 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5069 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5070 {
5071 asection *input;
5072
5073 if (os->children.head == NULL
5074 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5075 || (os->children.head->header.type
5076 != lang_input_section_enum))
5077 einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
5078 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5079
5080 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5081 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5082 os->bfd_section,
5083 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5084 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5085 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5086 break;
5087 }
5088
5089 newdot = dot;
5090 dotdelta = 0;
5091 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5092 {
5093 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5094 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5095 }
5096 else
5097 {
5098 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5099 {
5100 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5101 from the region specification. */
5102 if (os->region == NULL
5103 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5104 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5105 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5106 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5107 {
5108 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5109 }
5110
5111 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5112 region, and some non default memory regions were
5113 defined, issue an error message. */
5114 if (!os->ignored
5115 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5116 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5117 && check_regions
5118 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5119 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5120 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5121 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5122 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5123 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5124 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5125 {
5126 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5127 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5128 default memory region we can end up creating an
5129 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5130 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5131 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5132 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5133 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5134 switch. */
5135 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5136 einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
5137 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5138 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5139 os->bfd_section));
5140 else
5141 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5142 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5143 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5144 os->bfd_section));
5145 }
5146
5147 newdot = os->region->current;
5148 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5149 }
5150 else
5151 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5152
5153 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5154 if (section_alignment > 0)
5155 {
5156 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5157 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5158
5159 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5160 if (dotdelta != 0
5161 && (config.warn_section_align
5162 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5163 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5164 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5165 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5166 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5167 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5168 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5169 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5170 }
5171
5172 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5173
5174 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5175 }
5176
5177 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5178 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5179
5180 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5181
5182 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5183 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5184 no output section should change from zero size
5185 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5186 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5187 input section was not sized early enough. */
5188 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5189 else
5190 {
5191 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5192
5193 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5194 align at the block boundary. */
5195 after = ((dot
5196 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5197 + os->block_value - 1)
5198 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5199
5200 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5201 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5202 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5203 }
5204
5205 /* Set section lma. */
5206 r = os->region;
5207 if (r == NULL)
5208 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5209
5210 if (os->load_base)
5211 {
5212 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5213 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5214 }
5215 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5216 {
5217 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5218
5219 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5220 lma += dotdelta;
5221 else
5222 {
5223 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5224 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5225 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5226 only align according to the value in the output
5227 statement. */
5228 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5229 section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5230 if (section_alignment > 0)
5231 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5232 }
5233 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5234 }
5235 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5236 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5237 {
5238 bfd_vma lma;
5239 asection *last;
5240
5241 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5242
5243 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5244 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5245 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5246 create overlapping LMAs. */
5247 if (dot < last->vma
5248 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5249 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5250 {
5251 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5252 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5253 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5254 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5255 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5256
5257 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5258 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5259 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5260 }
5261 else
5262 {
5263 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5264 at the end of the previous section. */
5265 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5266 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5267
5268 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5269 as the previous section. */
5270 else
5271 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5272
5273 if (section_alignment > 0)
5274 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5275 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5276 }
5277 }
5278 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5279
5280 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5281 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5282 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5283 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5284 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5285 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5286 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5287 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5288 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5289 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5290 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5291 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5292 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5293 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5294 if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5295 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5296 || (r->last_os == NULL
5297 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5298 || (r->last_os != NULL
5299 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5300 .bfd_section->vma)))
5301 && os->lma_region == NULL
5302 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5303 r->last_os = s;
5304
5305 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5306 break;
5307
5308 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5309 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5310 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5311 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5312 else
5313 dotdelta = 0;
5314 dot += dotdelta;
5315
5316 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5317 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5318
5319 /* Update dot in the region ?
5320 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5321 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5322 overall size in memory. */
5323 if (os->region != NULL
5324 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5325 {
5326 os->region->current = dot;
5327
5328 if (check_regions)
5329 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5330 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5331 os->bfd_section->vma);
5332
5333 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5334 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5335 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5336 {
5337 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5338
5339 if (check_regions)
5340 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5341 os->bfd_section->lma);
5342 }
5343 }
5344 }
5345 break;
5346
5347 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5348 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5349 output_section_statement,
5350 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5351 break;
5352
5353 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5354 {
5355 unsigned int size = 0;
5356
5357 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5358 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5359 s->data_statement.output_section =
5360 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5361
5362 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5363 need to mark them as needed. */
5364 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5365
5366 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5367 {
5368 default:
5369 abort ();
5370 case QUAD:
5371 case SQUAD:
5372 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5373 break;
5374 case LONG:
5375 size = LONG_SIZE;
5376 break;
5377 case SHORT:
5378 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5379 break;
5380 case BYTE:
5381 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5382 break;
5383 }
5384 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5385 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5386 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5387 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5388 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5389 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5390 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5391
5392 }
5393 break;
5394
5395 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5396 {
5397 int size;
5398
5399 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5400 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5401 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5402 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5403 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5404 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5405 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5406 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5407 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5408 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5409 }
5410 break;
5411
5412 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5413 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5414 output_section_statement,
5415 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5416 break;
5417
5418 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5419 link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5420 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5421 break;
5422
5423 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5424 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5425 break;
5426
5427 case lang_input_section_enum:
5428 {
5429 asection *i;
5430
5431 i = s->input_section.section;
5432 if (relax)
5433 {
5434 bfd_boolean again;
5435
5436 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5437 einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5438 if (again)
5439 *relax = TRUE;
5440 }
5441 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5442 fill, dot);
5443 }
5444 break;
5445
5446 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5447 break;
5448
5449 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5450 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5451 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5452
5453 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5454 break;
5455
5456 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5457 {
5458 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5459 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5460
5461 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5462
5463 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5464 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5465 &newdot);
5466
5467 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5468
5469 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5470
5471 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5472 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5473 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5474 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5475 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5476 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5477
5478 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5479 {
5480 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5481 {
5482 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5483 the default memory address. */
5484 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5485 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5486 }
5487 else if (newdot != dot)
5488 {
5489 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5490 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5491 assignment references dot. */
5492 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5493 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5494
5495 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5496 s = s->header.next;
5497
5498 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5499 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5500 user has explicitly stated that the section
5501 should not be allocated. */
5502 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5503 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5504 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5505 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5506 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5507 }
5508 dot = newdot;
5509 }
5510 }
5511 break;
5512
5513 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5514 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5515 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5516 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5517 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5518 will be added back in. */
5519 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5520
5521 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5522 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5523 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5524 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5525 a pad size of zero. */
5526 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5527 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5528 break;
5529
5530 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5531 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5532 output_section_statement,
5533 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5534 break;
5535
5536 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5537 break;
5538
5539 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5540 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5541 break;
5542
5543 default:
5544 FAIL ();
5545 break;
5546 }
5547 prev = &s->header.next;
5548 }
5549 return dot;
5550 }
5551
5552 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5553 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5554 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5555 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5556
5557 bfd_boolean
5558 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5559 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5560 asection *current_section,
5561 asection *previous_section,
5562 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5563 {
5564 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5565 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5566
5567 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5568 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5569 if (new_segment)
5570 return TRUE;
5571
5572 /* Paranoia checks. */
5573 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5574 return new_segment;
5575
5576 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5577 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5578 if (config.separate_code
5579 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5580 return TRUE;
5581
5582 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5583 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5584 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5585 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5586 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5587 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5588
5589 /* More paranoia. */
5590 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5591 return new_segment;
5592
5593 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5594 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5595 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5596 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5597 return cur->region != prev->region;
5598 }
5599
5600 void
5601 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5602 {
5603 lang_statement_iteration++;
5604 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5605 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5606 }
5607
5608 static bfd_boolean
5609 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5610 {
5611 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5612 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5613 bfd_vma first, last;
5614
5615 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5616 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5617 if (first && last
5618 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5619 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5620 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5621 {
5622 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5623 return TRUE;
5624 }
5625
5626 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5627 return FALSE;
5628 }
5629
5630 static bfd_vma
5631 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5632 {
5633 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5634 asection *sec;
5635
5636 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5637 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5638 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5639
5640 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5641 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5642
5643 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5644 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5645 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5646 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5647 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5648 {
5649 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5650 desired? */
5651 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5652
5653 end = start = sec->vma;
5654 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5655 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5656 bump = desired_end - end;
5657 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5658 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5659 start += bump;
5660 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5661 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5662 desired_end = start;
5663 }
5664
5665 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5666 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5667 seg->base = desired_end;
5668 return relro_end;
5669 }
5670
5671 static bfd_boolean
5672 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5673 {
5674 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5675 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5676 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5677
5678 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5679 {
5680 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5681 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5682 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5683 }
5684 else
5685 {
5686 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5687 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5688 }
5689
5690 if (do_data_relro)
5691 {
5692 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5693 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5694
5695 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5696 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5697 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5698 {
5699 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5700 do_reset = TRUE;
5701 }
5702 }
5703
5704 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5705 do_reset = TRUE;
5706
5707 return do_reset;
5708 }
5709
5710 void
5711 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5712 {
5713 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5714 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5715
5716 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5717
5718 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5719 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5720
5721 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5722 {
5723 bfd_boolean do_reset
5724 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5725
5726 if (do_reset)
5727 {
5728 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5729 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5730 }
5731
5732 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5733 {
5734 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5735 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5736 }
5737 }
5738 }
5739
5740 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5741 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5742 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5743
5744 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5745
5746 static bfd_vma
5747 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5748 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5749 fill_type *fill,
5750 bfd_vma dot,
5751 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5752 {
5753 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5754 {
5755 switch (s->header.type)
5756 {
5757 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5758 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5759 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5760 break;
5761
5762 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5763 {
5764 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5765 bfd_vma newdot;
5766
5767 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5768 os->after_end = *found_end;
5769 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5770 {
5771 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5772 {
5773 current_section = os;
5774 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5775 }
5776 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5777 }
5778 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5779 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5780 if (!os->ignored)
5781 {
5782 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
5783 {
5784 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5785 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5786 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5787 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5788
5789 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5790 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
5791 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5792 }
5793 else
5794 dot = newdot;
5795 }
5796 }
5797 break;
5798
5799 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5800
5801 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5802 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5803 break;
5804
5805 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5806 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5807 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5808 break;
5809
5810 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5811 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5812 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5813 {
5814 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5815 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5816 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5817 }
5818 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5819 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5820 {
5821 unsigned int size;
5822 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5823 {
5824 default:
5825 abort ();
5826 case QUAD:
5827 case SQUAD:
5828 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5829 break;
5830 case LONG:
5831 size = LONG_SIZE;
5832 break;
5833 case SHORT:
5834 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5835 break;
5836 case BYTE:
5837 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5838 break;
5839 }
5840 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5841 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5842 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5843 }
5844 break;
5845
5846 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5847 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5848 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5849 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5850 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5851 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
5852 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5853 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5854 break;
5855
5856 case lang_input_section_enum:
5857 {
5858 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5859
5860 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5861 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5862 }
5863 break;
5864
5865 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5866 break;
5867
5868 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5869 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5870 break;
5871
5872 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5873 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5874 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5875 {
5876 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5877
5878 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5879 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5880
5881 while (*p == '_')
5882 ++p;
5883 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5884 *found_end = TRUE;
5885 }
5886 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5887 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
5888 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
5889 &dot);
5890 break;
5891
5892 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5893 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5894 break;
5895
5896 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5897 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5898 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5899 break;
5900
5901 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5902 break;
5903
5904 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5905 break;
5906
5907 default:
5908 FAIL ();
5909 break;
5910 }
5911 }
5912 return dot;
5913 }
5914
5915 void
5916 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5917 {
5918 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5919
5920 current_section = NULL;
5921 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5922 expld.phase = phase;
5923 lang_statement_iteration++;
5924 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5925 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5926 }
5927
5928 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5929 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5930 of "dot". */
5931
5932 asection *
5933 section_for_dot (void)
5934 {
5935 asection *s;
5936
5937 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5938 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5939 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
5940 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5941 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5942 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
5943 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5944 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
5945 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5946 {
5947 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5948 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5949
5950 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5951 stmt != NULL;
5952 stmt = stmt->header.next)
5953 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5954 break;
5955
5956 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5957 while (os != NULL
5958 && !os->after_end
5959 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5960 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5961 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5962 os->bfd_section)))
5963 os = os->next;
5964
5965 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5966 {
5967 if (os != NULL)
5968 s = os->bfd_section;
5969 else
5970 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5971 while (s != NULL
5972 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5973 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5974 s = s->prev;
5975 if (s != NULL)
5976 return s;
5977
5978 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5979 }
5980 }
5981
5982 s = current_section->bfd_section;
5983
5984 /* The section may have been stripped. */
5985 while (s != NULL
5986 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5987 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5988 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5989 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5990 s = s->prev;
5991 if (s == NULL)
5992 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5993 while (s != NULL
5994 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5995 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5996 s = s->next;
5997 if (s != NULL)
5998 return s;
5999
6000 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6001 }
6002
6003 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6004
6005 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6006 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6007 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6008
6009 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6010 to start_stop_syms. */
6011
6012 static void
6013 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6014 {
6015 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6016
6017 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6018 if (h != NULL)
6019 {
6020 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6021 {
6022 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6023 start_stop_syms
6024 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6025 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6026 }
6027 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6028 }
6029 }
6030
6031 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6032 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6033 preliminary definitions. */
6034
6035 static void
6036 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6037 {
6038 bfd *abfd;
6039 asection *s;
6040 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6041
6042 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6043 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6044 {
6045 const char *ps;
6046 const char *secname = s->name;
6047
6048 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6049 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6050 break;
6051 if (*ps == '\0')
6052 {
6053 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6054
6055 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6056 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6057 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6058
6059 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6060 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6061 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6062
6063 free (symbol);
6064 }
6065 }
6066 }
6067
6068 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6069
6070 static void
6071 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6072 {
6073 size_t i;
6074
6075 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6076 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6077 }
6078
6079 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6080 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6081 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6082 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6083 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6084
6085 static void
6086 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6087 {
6088 if (h->ldscript_def)
6089 return;
6090
6091 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6092 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6093 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6094 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6095 {
6096 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6097 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6098 }
6099 }
6100
6101 static void
6102 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6103 {
6104 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6105 }
6106
6107 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6108 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6109 preliminary definitions. */
6110
6111 static void
6112 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6113 {
6114 asection *s;
6115
6116 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6117 {
6118 const char *secname = s->name;
6119 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6120
6121 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6122 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6123
6124 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6125 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6126 free (symbol);
6127 }
6128 }
6129
6130 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6131
6132 static void
6133 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6134 {
6135 if (h->ldscript_def
6136 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6137 return;
6138
6139 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6140 {
6141 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6142 .startof. already has final value. */
6143 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6144 {
6145 /* .sizeof. */
6146 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6147 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6148 }
6149 }
6150 else
6151 {
6152 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6153 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6154
6155 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6156 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6157 {
6158 /* __stop_ */
6159 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6160 }
6161 }
6162 }
6163
6164 static void
6165 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6166 {
6167 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6168 }
6169
6170 static void
6171 lang_end (void)
6172 {
6173 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6174 bfd_boolean warn;
6175
6176 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6177 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6178 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6179 else
6180 warn = TRUE;
6181
6182 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6183 --gc-sections. */
6184 if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6185 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6186 einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6187 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6188
6189 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6190 {
6191 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6192 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6193 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6194 warn = FALSE;
6195 }
6196
6197 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6198 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6199 if (h != NULL
6200 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6201 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6202 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6203 {
6204 bfd_vma val;
6205
6206 val = (h->u.def.value
6207 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6208 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6209 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6210 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6211 einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6212 }
6213 else
6214 {
6215 bfd_vma val;
6216 const char *send;
6217
6218 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6219 number. */
6220 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6221 if (*send == '\0')
6222 {
6223 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6224 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6225 }
6226 else
6227 {
6228 asection *ts;
6229
6230 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6231 the first address in the text section. */
6232 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6233 if (ts != NULL)
6234 {
6235 if (warn)
6236 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6237 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6238 entry_symbol.name,
6239 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6240 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6241 (link_info.output_bfd,
6242 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6243 einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
6244 }
6245 else
6246 {
6247 if (warn)
6248 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6249 " not setting start address\n"),
6250 entry_symbol.name);
6251 }
6252 }
6253 }
6254 }
6255
6256 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6257 BFD. */
6258
6259 static void
6260 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6261 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6262 {
6263 /* Don't do anything. */
6264 }
6265
6266 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6267 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6268 other checking that is needed. */
6269
6270 static void
6271 lang_check (void)
6272 {
6273 lang_statement_union_type *file;
6274 bfd *input_bfd;
6275 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6276
6277 for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
6278 {
6279 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6280 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6281 if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
6282 continue;
6283 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6284 input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
6285 compatible
6286 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6287 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6288
6289 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6290 link between differing object formats when the input
6291 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6292 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6293 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6294 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6295 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6296 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6297 && (compatible == NULL
6298 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6299 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6300 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6301 {
6302 einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
6303 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6304 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6305 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6306 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6307 }
6308
6309 if (compatible == NULL)
6310 {
6311 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6312 einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6313 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6314 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6315 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6316 }
6317 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6318 {
6319 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6320 private data of the output bfd. */
6321
6322 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6323
6324 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6325 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6326 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6327 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6328 information which is needed in the output file. */
6329 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6330 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6331 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6332 {
6333 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6334 einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
6335 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6336 }
6337 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6338 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6339 }
6340 }
6341 }
6342
6343 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6344 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6345 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6346
6347 static void
6348 lang_common (void)
6349 {
6350 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6351 return;
6352 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6353 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6354 return;
6355
6356 if (!config.sort_common)
6357 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6358 else
6359 {
6360 unsigned int power;
6361
6362 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6363 {
6364 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6365 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6366
6367 power = 0;
6368 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6369 }
6370 else
6371 {
6372 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6373 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6374
6375 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6376 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6377 }
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6382
6383 static bfd_boolean
6384 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6385 {
6386 unsigned int power_of_two;
6387 bfd_vma size;
6388 asection *section;
6389
6390 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6391 return TRUE;
6392
6393 size = h->u.c.size;
6394 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6395
6396 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6397 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6398 return TRUE;
6399 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6400 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6401 return TRUE;
6402
6403 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6404 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6405 einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6406 h->root.string);
6407
6408 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6409 {
6410 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6411 int len;
6412 char *name;
6413 char buf[50];
6414
6415 if (!header_printed)
6416 {
6417 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6418 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6419 header_printed = TRUE;
6420 }
6421
6422 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6423 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6424 if (name == NULL)
6425 {
6426 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6427 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6428 }
6429 else
6430 {
6431 minfo ("%s", name);
6432 len = strlen (name);
6433 free (name);
6434 }
6435
6436 if (len >= 19)
6437 {
6438 print_nl ();
6439 len = 0;
6440 }
6441 while (len < 20)
6442 {
6443 print_space ();
6444 ++len;
6445 }
6446
6447 minfo ("0x");
6448 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6449 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6450 else
6451 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6452 minfo ("%s", buf);
6453 len = strlen (buf);
6454
6455 while (len < 16)
6456 {
6457 print_space ();
6458 ++len;
6459 }
6460
6461 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6462 }
6463
6464 return TRUE;
6465 }
6466
6467 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6468 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6469 option are handled here. */
6470
6471 static void
6472 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6473 {
6474 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6475 {
6476 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6477 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6478 TRUE);
6479 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6480 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6481 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6482 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6483 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6484 }
6485 else
6486 {
6487 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6488 const char *name = s->name;
6489 int constraint = 0;
6490
6491 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6492 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'.\n"),
6493 s, s->owner);
6494
6495 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6496 constraint = SPECIAL;
6497
6498 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6499 if (os == NULL)
6500 {
6501 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6502 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6503 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6504 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6505 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6506 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6507 }
6508
6509 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6510 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6511 "placed in section `%s'.\n"),
6512 s, s->owner, os->name);
6513 }
6514 }
6515
6516 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6517 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6518 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6519
6520 static void
6521 lang_place_orphans (void)
6522 {
6523 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6524 {
6525 asection *s;
6526
6527 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6528 {
6529 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6530 {
6531 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6532 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6533
6534 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6535 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6536 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6537 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6538 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6539 {
6540 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6541 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6542 with the wildcard. */
6543 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6544 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6545 {
6546 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6547 default_common_section
6548 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6549 TRUE);
6550 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6551 NULL, default_common_section);
6552 }
6553 }
6554 else
6555 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6556 }
6557 }
6558 }
6559 }
6560
6561 void
6562 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6563 {
6564 flagword *ptr_flags;
6565
6566 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6567
6568 while (*flags)
6569 {
6570 switch (*flags)
6571 {
6572 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6573 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6574 case '!':
6575 invert = !invert;
6576 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6577 break;
6578
6579 case 'A': case 'a':
6580 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6581 break;
6582
6583 case 'R': case 'r':
6584 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6585 break;
6586
6587 case 'W': case 'w':
6588 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6589 break;
6590
6591 case 'X': case 'x':
6592 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6593 break;
6594
6595 case 'L': case 'l':
6596 case 'I': case 'i':
6597 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6598 break;
6599
6600 default:
6601 einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6602 *flags, *flags);
6603 break;
6604 }
6605 flags++;
6606 }
6607 }
6608
6609 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6610 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6611
6612 void
6613 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6614 {
6615 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6616
6617 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6618 f != NULL;
6619 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
6620 func (f);
6621 }
6622
6623 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6624 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6625 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6626
6627 void
6628 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6629 {
6630 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6631 {
6632 func (f);
6633 }
6634 }
6635
6636 void
6637 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6638 {
6639 lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6640 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6641 &entry->next);
6642
6643 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6644 a link. */
6645 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6646 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6647
6648 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6649 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6650 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6651 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6652
6653 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6654 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6655 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6656 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6657 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6658 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6659 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6660 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6661 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6662
6663 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6664 }
6665
6666 void
6667 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6668 {
6669 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6670 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6671 {
6672 output_filename = name;
6673 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6674 }
6675 }
6676
6677 static int
6678 topower (int x)
6679 {
6680 unsigned int i = 1;
6681 int l;
6682
6683 if (x < 0)
6684 return -1;
6685
6686 for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6687 {
6688 if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6689 return l;
6690 i <<= 1;
6691 }
6692
6693 return 0;
6694 }
6695
6696 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6697 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6698 etree_type *address_exp,
6699 enum section_type sectype,
6700 etree_type *align,
6701 etree_type *subalign,
6702 etree_type *ebase,
6703 int constraint,
6704 int align_with_input)
6705 {
6706 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6707
6708 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6709 constraint, TRUE);
6710 current_section = os;
6711
6712 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6713 {
6714 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6715 }
6716 os->sectype = sectype;
6717 if (sectype != noload_section)
6718 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6719 else
6720 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6721 os->block_value = 1;
6722
6723 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6724 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6725
6726 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6727 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6728 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6729 NULL);
6730
6731 os->subsection_alignment =
6732 topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6733 os->section_alignment =
6734 topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6735
6736 os->load_base = ebase;
6737 return os;
6738 }
6739
6740 void
6741 lang_final (void)
6742 {
6743 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6744
6745 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6746 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6747 }
6748
6749 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6750
6751 void
6752 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6753 {
6754 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6755 asection *o;
6756 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6757
6758 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6759 {
6760 p->current = p->origin;
6761 p->last_os = NULL;
6762 }
6763
6764 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6765 os != NULL;
6766 os = os->next)
6767 {
6768 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6769 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6770 }
6771
6772 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6773 {
6774 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
6775 o->rawsize = o->size;
6776 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
6777 o->size = 0;
6778 }
6779 }
6780
6781 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
6782
6783 static void
6784 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6785 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6786 asection *section,
6787 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6788 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6789 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6790 {
6791 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6792 should be as well. */
6793 if (ptr->keep_sections)
6794 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6795 }
6796
6797 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
6798
6799 static void
6800 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6801 {
6802 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6803 {
6804 switch (s->header.type)
6805 {
6806 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6807 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6808 break;
6809 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6810 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6811 break;
6812 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6813 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6814 break;
6815 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6816 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6817 break;
6818 default:
6819 break;
6820 }
6821 }
6822 }
6823
6824 static void
6825 lang_gc_sections (void)
6826 {
6827 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
6828 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6829
6830 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6831 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
6832 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
6833 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6834 {
6835 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6836 {
6837 asection *sec;
6838 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6839 if (f->flags.claimed)
6840 continue;
6841 #endif
6842 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6843 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6844 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6845 }
6846 }
6847
6848 if (link_info.gc_sections)
6849 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6850 }
6851
6852 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
6853
6854 static void
6855 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6856 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6857 asection *section,
6858 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6859 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6860 void *data)
6861 {
6862 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6863 size. */
6864 if (section->output_section != NULL
6865 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6866 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6867 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6868 && section->size != 0)
6869 {
6870 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6871 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6872 }
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
6876
6877 static void
6878 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6879 seg_align_type *seg,
6880 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6881 {
6882 if (*has_relro_section)
6883 return;
6884
6885 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6886 {
6887 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
6888 break;
6889
6890 switch (s->header.type)
6891 {
6892 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6893 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6894 find_relro_section_callback,
6895 has_relro_section);
6896 break;
6897 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6898 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6899 seg, has_relro_section);
6900 break;
6901 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6902 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6903 seg, has_relro_section);
6904 break;
6905 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6906 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6907 seg, has_relro_section);
6908 break;
6909 default:
6910 break;
6911 }
6912 }
6913 }
6914
6915 static void
6916 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6917 {
6918 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6919
6920 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
6921
6922 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6923 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
6924
6925 if (!has_relro_section)
6926 link_info.relro = FALSE;
6927 }
6928
6929 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6930
6931 void
6932 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6933 {
6934 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6935 {
6936 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
6937 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6938
6939 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
6940 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6941
6942 while (i--)
6943 {
6944 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
6945 bfd_boolean relax_again;
6946
6947 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6948 do
6949 {
6950 link_info.relax_trip++;
6951
6952 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
6953 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6954 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
6955
6956 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6957 section sizes. */
6958 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6959
6960 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6961 size. */
6962 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6963
6964 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6965 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
6966 relax_again = FALSE;
6967 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6968 }
6969 while (relax_again);
6970
6971 link_info.relax_pass++;
6972 }
6973 need_layout = TRUE;
6974 }
6975
6976 if (need_layout)
6977 {
6978 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
6979 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6980 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6981 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6982 }
6983 }
6984
6985 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6986 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
6987 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6988 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6989 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
6990 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6991 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6992 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6993 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6994 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6995 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
6996
6997 static lang_input_statement_type *
6998 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6999 {
7000 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7001 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7002 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7003 claim1 != NULL;
7004 claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
7005 {
7006 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7007 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7008 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7009 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7010 lastobject = claim1;
7011 }
7012 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7013 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7014 insert point. */
7015 return lastobject;
7016 }
7017
7018 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7019 added during a rescan. */
7020
7021 static lang_statement_union_type **
7022 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7023 {
7024 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7025 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7026 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7027 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7028 lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
7029
7030 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7031 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7032
7033 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7034 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7035 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7036 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7037 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7038 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7039 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7040 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7041 f != NULL;
7042 f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
7043 {
7044 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7045 {
7046 before = last_loaded;
7047 if (f->next != NULL)
7048 return &f->next->input_statement.next;
7049 }
7050 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7051 last_loaded = f;
7052 }
7053
7054 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7055 *iter != NULL;
7056 iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7057 if (!(*iter)->input_statement.flags.claim_archive
7058 && (*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7059 break;
7060
7061 return iter;
7062 }
7063
7064 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7065 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7066 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7067
7068 static void
7069 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7070 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7071 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7072 {
7073 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7074 *field = srclist->head;
7075 if (destlist->tail == field)
7076 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7077 }
7078
7079 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7080 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7081
7082 static void
7083 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7084 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7085 {
7086 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7087 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7088 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7089 savetail = origlist->tail;
7090 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7091 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7092 destlist->tail = savetail;
7093 *savetail = NULL;
7094 }
7095 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7096
7097 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7098
7099 void
7100 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7101 {
7102 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7103
7104 if (name == NULL)
7105 return;
7106
7107 sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7108
7109 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7110 sym->name = name;
7111 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7112 }
7113
7114 /* Check relocations. */
7115
7116 static void
7117 lang_check_relocs (void)
7118 {
7119 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7120 {
7121 bfd *abfd;
7122
7123 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7124 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7125 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7126 {
7127 /* No object output, fail return. */
7128 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7129 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7130 continue the scan in case there are other
7131 bad relocations to report. */
7132 }
7133 }
7134 }
7135
7136 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7137 propagate forward the lma region. */
7138
7139 static void
7140 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7141 {
7142 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7143
7144 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7145 os != NULL;
7146 os = os->next)
7147 {
7148 if (os->prev != NULL
7149 && os->lma_region == NULL
7150 && os->load_base == NULL
7151 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7152 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7153 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7154 }
7155 }
7156
7157 void
7158 lang_process (void)
7159 {
7160 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7161 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7162 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7163
7164 current_target = default_target;
7165
7166 /* Open the output file. */
7167 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7168 init_opb ();
7169
7170 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7171
7172 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7173 lang_place_undefineds ();
7174
7175 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7176 einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
7177
7178 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7179 current_target = default_target;
7180 lang_statement_iteration++;
7181 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7182
7183 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7184 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7185 {
7186 lang_statement_list_type added;
7187 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7188
7189 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7190 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7191 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7192 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7193 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7194 file. */
7195 added = *stat_ptr;
7196 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7197 files = file_chain;
7198 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7199 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7200 einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7201 plugin_error_plugin ());
7202 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7203 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7204 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7205 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7206 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7207 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7208 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7209 /* Were any new files added? */
7210 if (added.head != NULL)
7211 {
7212 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7213 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin. */
7214 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
7215 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7216 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7217 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7218 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7219 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7220 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7221 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
7222 &plugin_insert->header.next);
7223 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7224 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7225 &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7226 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7227 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7228 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7229 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7230 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
7231 else
7232 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7233
7234 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7235 files = file_chain;
7236 lang_statement_iteration++;
7237 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7238 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7239 while (files.head != NULL)
7240 {
7241 lang_statement_union_type **insert;
7242 lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
7243 bfd *my_arch;
7244
7245 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7246 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7247 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7248 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7249 if (my_arch != NULL)
7250 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
7251 if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7252 break;
7253 temp = *insert;
7254 *insert = files.head;
7255 files.head = *iter;
7256 *iter = temp;
7257 if (my_arch != NULL)
7258 {
7259 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7260 if (parent != NULL)
7261 parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
7262 ((char *) iter
7263 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7264 }
7265 }
7266 }
7267 }
7268 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7269
7270 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7271 before now. */
7272 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7273
7274 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7275
7276 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7277 {
7278 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7279
7280 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7281 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7282 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7283 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7284 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7285 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7286 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7287 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7288 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7289 }
7290
7291 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7292 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7293
7294 ldemul_after_open ();
7295 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7296 lang_print_asneeded ();
7297
7298 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7299
7300 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7301 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7302 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7303 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7304 link. */
7305 lang_check ();
7306
7307 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7308 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7309 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7310
7311 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7312 files. */
7313 ldctor_build_sets ();
7314
7315 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7316 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7317 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7318 if (config.build_constructors)
7319 lang_init_start_stop ();
7320
7321 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7322 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7323 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7324
7325 lang_do_memory_regions();
7326 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7327
7328 /* Size up the common data. */
7329 lang_common ();
7330
7331 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7332 lang_gc_sections ();
7333
7334 /* Check relocations. */
7335 lang_check_relocs ();
7336
7337 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7338
7339 /* Update wild statements. */
7340 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7341
7342 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7343 to the correct output sections. */
7344 lang_statement_iteration++;
7345 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7346
7347 process_insert_statements ();
7348
7349 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7350 lang_place_orphans ();
7351
7352 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7353 {
7354 asection *found;
7355
7356 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7357 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7358 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7359 is hard then. */
7360 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7361
7362 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7363 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7364
7365 if (found != NULL)
7366 {
7367 if (config.text_read_only)
7368 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7369 else
7370 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7371 }
7372 }
7373
7374 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7375 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7376
7377 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7378 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7379 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7380 if (config.build_constructors)
7381 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7382
7383 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7384 dynamic symbols are created. */
7385 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7386 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7387
7388 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7389 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7390 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7391
7392 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7393 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7394 lang_record_phdrs ();
7395
7396 /* Check relro sections. */
7397 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7398 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7399
7400 /* Size up the sections. */
7401 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7402
7403 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7404 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7405 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7406
7407 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7408 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7409
7410 /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
7411 of all the symbols. */
7412 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7413
7414 ldemul_finish ();
7415
7416 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7417 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7418
7419 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7420 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7421 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7422
7423 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7424 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7425
7426 lang_end ();
7427 }
7428
7429 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7430
7431 void
7432 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7433 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7434 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7435 {
7436 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7437 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7438
7439 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7440 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7441 curr != NULL;
7442 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7443 {
7444 next = curr->next;
7445 curr->next = section_list;
7446 }
7447
7448 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7449 {
7450 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7451 filespec->name = NULL;
7452 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7453 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7454 }
7455
7456 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7457 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7458 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7459 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7460 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7461 if (filespec != NULL)
7462 {
7463 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7464 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7465 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7466 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7467 }
7468 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7469 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7470 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7471 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7472 }
7473
7474 void
7475 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7476 const segment_type *segment)
7477 {
7478 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7479
7480 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7481 ad->section_name = name;
7482 ad->address = address;
7483 ad->segment = segment;
7484 }
7485
7486 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7487 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7488 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7489 precedence. */
7490
7491 void
7492 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7493 {
7494 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7495 || cmdline
7496 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7497 {
7498 entry_symbol.name = name;
7499 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7500 }
7501 }
7502
7503 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7504 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7505 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7506 must be permanently allocated. */
7507 void
7508 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7509 {
7510 entry_symbol_default = name;
7511 }
7512
7513 void
7514 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7515 {
7516 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7517
7518 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7519 new_stmt->target = name;
7520 }
7521
7522 void
7523 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7524 {
7525 while (*name)
7526 {
7527 switch (*name)
7528 {
7529 case 'F':
7530 map_option_f = TRUE;
7531 break;
7532 }
7533 name++;
7534 }
7535 }
7536
7537 void
7538 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7539 {
7540 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7541
7542 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7543 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7544 }
7545
7546 void
7547 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7548 {
7549 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7550
7551 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7552 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7553 new_stmt->type = type;
7554 }
7555
7556 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7557 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7558 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7559 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7560 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7561 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7562
7563 void
7564 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7565 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7566 asection *section,
7567 const char *name,
7568 union etree_union *addend)
7569 {
7570 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7571
7572 p->reloc = reloc;
7573 p->howto = howto;
7574 p->section = section;
7575 p->name = name;
7576 p->addend_exp = addend;
7577
7578 p->addend_value = 0;
7579 p->output_section = NULL;
7580 p->output_offset = 0;
7581 }
7582
7583 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7584 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7585 {
7586 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7587
7588 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7589 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7590 return new_stmt;
7591 }
7592
7593 void
7594 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7595 {
7596 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7597 }
7598
7599 void
7600 lang_startup (const char *name)
7601 {
7602 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7603 {
7604 einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7605 }
7606 first_file->filename = name;
7607 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7608 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7609 }
7610
7611 void
7612 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7613 {
7614 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7615 }
7616
7617
7618 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7619 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7620
7621 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7622 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7623 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7624 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7625 had an explicit load address.
7626
7627 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7628
7629 static void
7630 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7631 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7632 const char *memspec,
7633 const char *lma_memspec,
7634 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7635 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7636 {
7637 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7638
7639 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7640 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7641 as well. */
7642 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7643 && !have_vma
7644 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7645 *region = *lma_region;
7646 else
7647 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7648
7649 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7650 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7651 NULL);
7652 }
7653
7654 void
7655 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7656 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7657 const char *lma_memspec)
7658 {
7659 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7660 &current_section->lma_region,
7661 memspec, lma_memspec,
7662 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7663 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7664
7665 current_section->fill = fill;
7666 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7667 pop_stat_ptr ();
7668 }
7669
7670 void
7671 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7672 lang_statement_union_type *element,
7673 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7674 {
7675 *(list->tail) = element;
7676 list->tail = field;
7677 }
7678
7679 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7680
7681 void
7682 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7683 const char *big,
7684 const char *little,
7685 int from_script)
7686 {
7687 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7688 {
7689 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7690 && big != NULL)
7691 format = big;
7692 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7693 && little != NULL)
7694 format = little;
7695
7696 output_target = format;
7697 }
7698 }
7699
7700 void
7701 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7702 {
7703 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7704
7705 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7706 new_stmt->where = where;
7707 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7708 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7709 }
7710
7711 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7712 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7713
7714 void
7715 lang_enter_group (void)
7716 {
7717 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7718
7719 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7720 lang_list_init (&g->children);
7721 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7722 }
7723
7724 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7725 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
7726 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7727 but currently they can't. */
7728
7729 void
7730 lang_leave_group (void)
7731 {
7732 pop_stat_ptr ();
7733 }
7734
7735 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7736 command in a linker script. */
7737
7738 void
7739 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7740 etree_type *type,
7741 bfd_boolean filehdr,
7742 bfd_boolean phdrs,
7743 etree_type *at,
7744 etree_type *flags)
7745 {
7746 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7747 bfd_boolean hdrs;
7748
7749 n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7750 n->next = NULL;
7751 n->name = name;
7752 n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7753 n->filehdr = filehdr;
7754 n->phdrs = phdrs;
7755 n->at = at;
7756 n->flags = flags;
7757
7758 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7759
7760 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7761 if (hdrs
7762 && (*pp)->type == 1
7763 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7764 {
7765 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7766 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7767 hdrs = FALSE;
7768 }
7769
7770 *pp = n;
7771 }
7772
7773 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
7774 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
7775
7776 static void
7777 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7778 {
7779 unsigned int alc;
7780 asection **secs;
7781 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7782 struct lang_phdr *l;
7783 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7784
7785 alc = 10;
7786 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7787 last = NULL;
7788
7789 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7790 {
7791 unsigned int c;
7792 flagword flags;
7793 bfd_vma at;
7794
7795 c = 0;
7796 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7797 os != NULL;
7798 os = os->next)
7799 {
7800 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7801
7802 if (os->constraint < 0)
7803 continue;
7804
7805 pl = os->phdrs;
7806 if (pl != NULL)
7807 last = pl;
7808 else
7809 {
7810 if (os->sectype == noload_section
7811 || os->bfd_section == NULL
7812 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7813 continue;
7814
7815 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
7816 if (l->type == 3)
7817 continue;
7818
7819 if (last == NULL)
7820 {
7821 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
7822
7823 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7824 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7825 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7826 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7827 header and there are sections in that script which are
7828 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7829 use of that header. See here for more details:
7830 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
7831 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7832 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7833 {
7834 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7835 break;
7836 }
7837 if (last == NULL)
7838 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7839 }
7840 pl = last;
7841 }
7842
7843 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7844 continue;
7845
7846 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7847 {
7848 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7849 {
7850 if (c >= alc)
7851 {
7852 alc *= 2;
7853 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7854 alc * sizeof (asection *));
7855 }
7856 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7857 ++c;
7858 pl->used = TRUE;
7859 }
7860 }
7861 }
7862
7863 if (l->flags == NULL)
7864 flags = 0;
7865 else
7866 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7867
7868 if (l->at == NULL)
7869 at = 0;
7870 else
7871 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7872
7873 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7874 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7875 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7876 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7877 }
7878
7879 free (secs);
7880
7881 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
7882 for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7883 os != NULL;
7884 os = os->next)
7885 {
7886 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7887
7888 if (os->constraint < 0
7889 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7890 continue;
7891
7892 for (pl = os->phdrs;
7893 pl != NULL;
7894 pl = pl->next)
7895 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7896 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7897 os->name, pl->name);
7898 }
7899 }
7900
7901 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
7902
7903 void
7904 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7905 {
7906 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7907
7908 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7909 n->next = nocrossref_list;
7910 n->list = l;
7911 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
7912 nocrossref_list = n;
7913
7914 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
7915 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
7919
7920 void
7921 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7922 {
7923 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
7924 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
7925 }
7926 \f
7927 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
7928
7929 /* The overlay virtual address. */
7930 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7931 /* And subsection alignment. */
7932 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7933
7934 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
7935 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7936
7937 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
7938
7939 struct overlay_list {
7940 struct overlay_list *next;
7941 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7942 };
7943
7944 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7945
7946 /* Start handling an overlay. */
7947
7948 void
7949 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7950 {
7951 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
7952 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7953 && overlay_subalign == NULL
7954 && overlay_max == NULL);
7955
7956 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7957 overlay_subalign = subalign;
7958 }
7959
7960 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
7961 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7962 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
7963
7964 void
7965 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7966 {
7967 struct overlay_list *n;
7968 etree_type *size;
7969
7970 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7971 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7972
7973 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7974 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
7975 used in the addresses. */
7976 if (overlay_list == NULL)
7977 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7978
7979 /* Remember the section. */
7980 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7981 n->os = current_section;
7982 n->next = overlay_list;
7983 overlay_list = n;
7984
7985 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7986
7987 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
7988 if (overlay_max == NULL)
7989 overlay_max = size;
7990 else
7991 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7992 }
7993
7994 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
7995 here. */
7996
7997 void
7998 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7999 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8000 {
8001 const char *name;
8002 char *clean, *s2;
8003 const char *s1;
8004 char *buf;
8005
8006 name = current_section->name;
8007
8008 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8009 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8010 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8011 override it. */
8012 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8013
8014 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8015
8016 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8017 s2 = clean;
8018 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8019 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8020 *s2++ = *s1;
8021 *s2 = '\0';
8022
8023 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8024 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8025 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8026 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8027 FALSE));
8028
8029 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8030 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8031 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8032 exp_binop ('+',
8033 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8034 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8035 FALSE));
8036
8037 free (clean);
8038 }
8039
8040 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8041 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8042
8043 void
8044 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8045 int nocrossrefs,
8046 fill_type *fill,
8047 const char *memspec,
8048 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8049 const char *lma_memspec)
8050 {
8051 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8052 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8053 struct overlay_list *l;
8054 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8055
8056 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8057 memspec, lma_memspec,
8058 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8059
8060 nocrossref = NULL;
8061
8062 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8063 overlay region. */
8064 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8065 {
8066 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8067 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8068 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8069 }
8070
8071 l = overlay_list;
8072 while (l != NULL)
8073 {
8074 struct overlay_list *next;
8075
8076 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8077 l->os->fill = fill;
8078
8079 l->os->region = region;
8080 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8081
8082 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8083 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8084 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8085 an LMA region was specified. */
8086 if (l->next == 0)
8087 {
8088 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8089 l->os->sectype = normal_section;
8090 }
8091 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8092 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8093
8094 if (nocrossrefs)
8095 {
8096 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8097
8098 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8099 nc->name = l->os->name;
8100 nc->next = nocrossref;
8101 nocrossref = nc;
8102 }
8103
8104 next = l->next;
8105 free (l);
8106 l = next;
8107 }
8108
8109 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8110 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8111
8112 overlay_vma = NULL;
8113 overlay_list = NULL;
8114 overlay_max = NULL;
8115 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8116 }
8117 \f
8118 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8119
8120 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8121 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8122 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8123
8124 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8125 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8126 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8127 const char *sym)
8128 {
8129 const char *c_sym;
8130 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8131 const char *java_sym = sym;
8132 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8133 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8134
8135 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8136 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8137 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8138 if (!c_sym)
8139 c_sym = sym;
8140 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8141
8142 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8143 {
8144 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8145 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8146 if (!cxx_sym)
8147 cxx_sym = sym;
8148 }
8149 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8150 {
8151 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8152 if (!java_sym)
8153 java_sym = sym;
8154 }
8155
8156 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8157 {
8158 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8159
8160 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8161 {
8162 case 0:
8163 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8164 {
8165 e.pattern = c_sym;
8166 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8167 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8168 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8169 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8170 goto out_ret;
8171 else
8172 expr = expr->next;
8173 }
8174 /* Fallthrough */
8175 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8176 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8177 {
8178 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8179 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8180 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8181 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8182 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8183 goto out_ret;
8184 else
8185 expr = expr->next;
8186 }
8187 /* Fallthrough */
8188 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8189 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8190 {
8191 e.pattern = java_sym;
8192 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8193 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8194 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8195 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8196 goto out_ret;
8197 else
8198 expr = expr->next;
8199 }
8200 /* Fallthrough */
8201 default:
8202 break;
8203 }
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8207 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8208 expr = head->remaining;
8209 else
8210 expr = prev->next;
8211 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8212 {
8213 const char *s;
8214
8215 if (!expr->pattern)
8216 continue;
8217
8218 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8219 break;
8220
8221 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8222 s = java_sym;
8223 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8224 s = cxx_sym;
8225 else
8226 s = c_sym;
8227 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8228 break;
8229 }
8230
8231 out_ret:
8232 if (c_sym != sym)
8233 free ((char *) c_sym);
8234 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8235 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8236 if (java_sym != sym)
8237 free ((char *) java_sym);
8238 return expr;
8239 }
8240
8241 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8242 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8243
8244 static const char *
8245 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8246 {
8247 const char *p;
8248 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8249 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8250
8251 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8252 {
8253 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8254 backslash. */
8255 if (backslash)
8256 {
8257 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8258 *(s - 1) = *p;
8259 backslash = FALSE;
8260 changed = TRUE;
8261 }
8262 else
8263 {
8264 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8265 {
8266 free (symbol);
8267 return NULL;
8268 }
8269
8270 *s++ = *p;
8271 backslash = *p == '\\';
8272 }
8273 }
8274
8275 if (changed)
8276 {
8277 *s = '\0';
8278 return symbol;
8279 }
8280 else
8281 {
8282 free (symbol);
8283 return pattern;
8284 }
8285 }
8286
8287 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8288 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8289 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8290
8291 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8292 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8293 const char *new_name,
8294 const char *lang,
8295 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8296 {
8297 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8298
8299 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8300 ret->next = orig;
8301 ret->symver = 0;
8302 ret->script = 0;
8303 ret->literal = TRUE;
8304 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8305 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8306 {
8307 ret->pattern = new_name;
8308 ret->literal = FALSE;
8309 }
8310
8311 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8312 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8313 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8314 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8315 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8316 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8317 else
8318 {
8319 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8320 lang);
8321 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8322 }
8323
8324 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8325 }
8326
8327 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8328 expressions. */
8329
8330 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8331 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8332 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8333 {
8334 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8335
8336 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8337 ret->globals.list = globals;
8338 ret->locals.list = locals;
8339 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8340 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8341 return ret;
8342 }
8343
8344 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8345
8346 static int version_index;
8347
8348 static hashval_t
8349 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8350 {
8351 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8352 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8353
8354 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8355 }
8356
8357 static int
8358 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8359 {
8360 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8361 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8362 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8363 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8364
8365 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8366 }
8367
8368 static void
8369 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8370 {
8371 size_t count = 0;
8372 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8373 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8374
8375 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8376 {
8377 if (e->literal)
8378 count++;
8379 head->mask |= e->mask;
8380 }
8381
8382 if (count)
8383 {
8384 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8385 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8386 list_loc = &head->list;
8387 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8388 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8389 {
8390 next = e->next;
8391 if (!e->literal)
8392 {
8393 *remaining_loc = e;
8394 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8395 }
8396 else
8397 {
8398 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8399
8400 if (*loc)
8401 {
8402 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8403
8404 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8405 last = NULL;
8406 do
8407 {
8408 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8409 {
8410 last = NULL;
8411 break;
8412 }
8413 last = e1;
8414 e1 = e1->next;
8415 }
8416 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8417
8418 if (last == NULL)
8419 {
8420 /* This is a duplicate. */
8421 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8422 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8423 /* free (e->pattern); */
8424 free (e);
8425 }
8426 else
8427 {
8428 e->next = last->next;
8429 last->next = e;
8430 }
8431 }
8432 else
8433 {
8434 *loc = e;
8435 *list_loc = e;
8436 list_loc = &e->next;
8437 }
8438 }
8439 }
8440 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8441 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8442 }
8443 else
8444 head->remaining = head->list;
8445 }
8446
8447 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8448 version. */
8449
8450 void
8451 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8452 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8453 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8454 {
8455 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8456 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8457
8458 if (name == NULL)
8459 name = "";
8460
8461 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8462 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8463 {
8464 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8465 " with other version tags\n"));
8466 free (version);
8467 return;
8468 }
8469
8470 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8471 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8472 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8473 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8474
8475 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8476 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8477
8478 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8479 aren't any duplicates. */
8480
8481 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8482 {
8483 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8484 {
8485 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8486
8487 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8488 {
8489 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8490 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8491 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8492 {
8493 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8494 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8495 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8496 e2 = e2->next;
8497 }
8498 }
8499 else if (!e1->literal)
8500 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8501 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8502 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8503 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8504 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8505 }
8506 }
8507
8508 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8509 {
8510 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8511 {
8512 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8513
8514 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8515 {
8516 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8517 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8518 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8519 {
8520 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8521 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8522 " in version information\n"),
8523 e1->pattern);
8524 e2 = e2->next;
8525 }
8526 }
8527 else if (!e1->literal)
8528 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8529 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8530 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8531 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8532 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8533 }
8534 }
8535
8536 version->deps = deps;
8537 version->name = name;
8538 if (name[0] != '\0')
8539 {
8540 ++version_index;
8541 version->vernum = version_index;
8542 }
8543 else
8544 version->vernum = 0;
8545
8546 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8547 ;
8548 *pp = version;
8549 }
8550
8551 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8552
8553 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8554 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8555 {
8556 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8557 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8558
8559 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8560 ret->next = list;
8561
8562 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8563 {
8564 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8565 {
8566 ret->version_needed = t;
8567 return ret;
8568 }
8569 }
8570
8571 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8572
8573 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8574 return ret;
8575 }
8576
8577 static void
8578 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8579 {
8580 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8581
8582 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8583 {
8584 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8585 char *contents, *p;
8586 bfd_size_type len;
8587
8588 if (sec == NULL)
8589 continue;
8590
8591 len = sec->size;
8592 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8593 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8594 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8595
8596 p = contents;
8597 while (p < contents + len)
8598 {
8599 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8600 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8601 }
8602
8603 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8604
8605 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8606 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8607 }
8608
8609 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8610 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8611 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8612 }
8613
8614 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8615
8616 static void
8617 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8618 {
8619 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8620
8621 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8622 {
8623 if (r->origin_exp)
8624 {
8625 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8626 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8627 {
8628 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8629 r->current = r->origin;
8630 }
8631 else
8632 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8633 r->name_list.name);
8634 }
8635 if (r->length_exp)
8636 {
8637 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8638 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8639 r->length = expld.result.value;
8640 else
8641 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8642 r->name_list.name);
8643 }
8644 }
8645 }
8646
8647 void
8648 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8649 {
8650 struct unique_sections *ent;
8651
8652 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8653 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8654 return;
8655
8656 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8657 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8658 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8659 unique_section_list = ent;
8660 }
8661
8662 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8663
8664 void
8665 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8666 {
8667 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8668 {
8669 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8670 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8671 ;
8672 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8673 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8674 }
8675 else
8676 {
8677 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8678
8679 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8680 d->head.list = dynamic;
8681 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8682 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8683 }
8684 }
8685
8686 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8687 one. */
8688
8689 void
8690 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8691 {
8692 const char *symbols[] =
8693 {
8694 "typeinfo name for*",
8695 "typeinfo for*"
8696 };
8697 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8698 unsigned int i;
8699
8700 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8701 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8702 FALSE);
8703
8704 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8705 }
8706
8707 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8708 existing one. */
8709
8710 void
8711 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8712 {
8713 const char *symbols[] =
8714 {
8715 "operator new*",
8716 "operator delete*"
8717 };
8718 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8719 unsigned int i;
8720
8721 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8722 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8723 FALSE);
8724
8725 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8726 }
8727
8728 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
8729
8730 void
8731 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8732 {
8733 char *p, *q;
8734
8735 p = str;
8736 while (*p)
8737 {
8738 char sep;
8739 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8740 ++p;
8741 if (!*p)
8742 break;
8743 q = p + 1;
8744 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8745 ++q;
8746 sep = *q;
8747 *q = 0;
8748 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8749 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8750 else
8751 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8752 *q = sep;
8753 p = q;
8754 }
8755 }
8756
8757 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
8758
8759 static void
8760 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8761 {
8762 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8763 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8764 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8765 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8766 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8767 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8768 else
8769 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8770 }
8771
8772 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
8773
8774 void
8775 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8776 {
8777 lang_memory_region_type *r;
8778
8779 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
8780 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8781 {
8782 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8783 double percent;
8784
8785 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8786 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8787 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8788
8789 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8790
8791 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8792 }
8793 }